Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / WideOpenWest

WideOpenWest

wow · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wow
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · WideOpenWest
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019 Annual Reportwowway.com2,200 Employees3,237,200 Homes Passed823,400 Total CustomersFast Facts193,100 781,500 373,800 Phone RGUsInternet RGUsCable RGUsStats as of 12/31/2019Board of Directors Jeffrey Marcus Chairman of the BoardJill Bright DirectorBrian Cassidy Director Tom McMillin DirectorPhil Seskin DirectorBarry Volpert DirectorExecutive Management Team Teresa Elder Chief Executive Officer and DirectorDavid Brunick Chief Human Resources OfficerBill Case Chief Information Officer Richard E. Fish, Jr. Chief Financial Officer Henry HryckiewiczChief Technology Officer Craig Martin General Counsel and SecretaryCorporate Information Investor Relations Lucas Binder Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations P: 303-927-4951 lucas.binder@wowinc.com  Exchange Information New York Stock Exchange Ticker Symbol: WOWTransfer Agent American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY  11219 Toll Free: 800-937-5449 Local & International: 718-921-8124 www.astfinancial.comCorporate Headquarters 7887 E. Belleview Avenue, Suite 1000 Englewood, CO 80111 wowway.comNancy McGee Chief Marketing and Sales OfficerDon Schena Chief Customer Experience OfficerTeresa Elder Chief Executive Officer and Director Daniel Kilpatrick DirectorDear Fellow Shareholder, 

The  telecommunications  industry  is  rapidly  evolving  as  more  customers  access  content  where,  when  and  how  they 
choose.  Through  the  continued  efforts  and  initiatives  of  the  last  couple  of  years,  WOW!  is  positioning  itself  to 
provide  products  and  services  that  align  with  the  evolution  in  content  consumption.  Through  strategic  partnerships 
with YouTube TV and Sling TV, and new products such as Whole-Business Wi-Fi, we continue towards our vision of 
connecting  people  to  their  world  through  the  WOW!  experience,  by  being  reliable,  easy,  and  pleasantly  surprising, 
every time. 

Our execution in 2019 resulted in the addition of 23,700 HSD RGUs and Transaction Adjusted EBITDA of $431.5 
million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing 3.8 percent growth over 2018. Additionally, we turned up 
more than 48,000 new homes passed through our edge-out projects. 

Throughout  2019,  we  focused  on  the  optimization  of  our  operational  processes  which  resulted  in  the  reduction  of 
service calls on an annual basis and improved customer care, both of which contributed to low customer churn levels 
and  high  customer  satisfaction  scores.  At  WOW!,  our  primary  focus  is  on  providing  exceptional  customer  service, 
which was recognized by the receipt of the 2019 Cablefax Top Ops Independent Customer Service Award. 

Our  commitment  to  customer  service  parallels  our  commitment  to  our  employees.  During  2019,  our  employee  Net 
Promoter Score (eNPS) remained high as we improved the programs offered to our employees. We were awarded a 
Top  Workplace  award  by  Columbus  (Ohio)  C.E.O.  Magazine  for  the  second  year  in  a  row  and  received  Best  & 
Brightest Companies to Work For honors for the fifth time in Atlanta and for the 10th consecutive year in Chicago. 
We were named a Best & Brightest Company to Work For in the Nation winner for the second year in a row.  

In addition to our commitment to our employees, we are committed to the communities in which we provide service. 
In  May,  WOW!  was  chosen  as  the  preferred  Internet  provider  for  Clift  Farm,  a  new  urban  community  being 
developed  near  Huntsville,  Alabama.  This  reinforces  our  position  as  a  formidable  competitor  in  growing,  modern 
communities and across our markets. 

As  we  look  to  2020,  we  will  continue  to  grow  high  speed  data  customers  and  transform  the  business.  Our  future 
initiatives are focused on several key objectives: to free up bandwidth capacity, to provide more customer choice, and 
to optimize our customer service capabilities. To execute on these initiatives, we are accelerating the transformation 
of our network to all IP-based services as the percentage of new customers that subscribe to our “HSD only” service 
has increased to 66% of total new subscribers in December 2019. 

We believe that the movement away from traditional linear video and towards an IP-based platform will facilitate the 
reduction of programming expenses, result in fewer calls to our care organization and fewer truck rolls for in-home 
service repairs; all of which, will help improve gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA margins.  

We are excited to be a part of this evolving technological environment and are invigorated by the opportunities that 
2020 poses. Thank you to our employees for your continued efforts and support during these exciting times and thank 
you to our shareholders for your interest in WOW!. 

We  provide  an  essential  service.  In  this  time  of  global  health  crisis,  our  advanced  broadband  network  has 
demonstrated the capability to handle the increased demand. We are connecting customers to their world and caring 
for our employees, and our investors.  

Sincerely, 

Teresa Elder 
Chief Executive Officer 
WOW! 

  
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number: 001-38101 

WideOpenWest, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Delaware 

46-0552948 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

7887 East Belleview Avenue, Suite 1000 

Englewood, Colorado 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

80111 
(Zip Code) 

(720) 479-3500 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock 

Trading Symbol(s) 
WOW 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☒ 

Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Smaller reporting company ☐ 

Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐   No ☒ 

As of June 30, 2019, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $177.4 million based on the closing price 
of $7.26 reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

As of February 20, 2020, the number of outstanding shares of common stock was of the registrant was 84,163,475.  

Information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from Registrant’s proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be 

filed by April 29, 2020. 

Documents Incorporated By Reference 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WIDEOPENWEST, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1: 
Item 1A: 
Item 1B: 
Item 2: 
Item 3: 
Item 4: 
PART II 
Item 5: 

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Unresolved Staff Comments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 

of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Item 6: 
Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . .   
Item 7: 
Item 7A:  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Item 8: 
Item 9: 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . .   
Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Item 9A: 
Item 9B: 
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

PART III 

Item 10: 
Item 11: 
Item 12: 

Item 13: 
Item 14: 
PART IV 
Item 15: 
Item 16: 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Form 10-K Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Page 

4 
18 
36 
36 
36 
37 

38 
40 
41 
54 
54 
54 
54 
56 

57 
57 

57 
57 
57 

58 
58 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K is for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. Any statement contained in a prior 
periodic report shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Annual Report to the extent that a 
statement contained herein modifies or supersedes such statement. The Securities and Exchange Commission allows us 
to “incorporate by reference” information that we file with them, which means that we can disclose important 
information by referring you directly to those documents. Information incorporated by reference is considered to be part 
of this Annual Report. References in this Annual Report to “WOW,” “we,” “us,” or “our” are to WideOpenWest, Inc. 
and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, unless the context specifies or requires otherwise. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other 
than statements of historical facts included in this Annual Report contain “forward-looking statements” within the 
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements represent our goals, beliefs, plans and expectations about our 
prospects for the future and other future events. These statements identify prospective information and can generally be 
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” 
“plan,” “estimate,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “potential” or 
similar expressions or the negative of these terms. The foregoing is not an exclusive list of all forward-looking 
statements we make. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our 
business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are 
subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may 
differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical 
fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. The matters referred to in the forward-looking statements 
contained in this Annual Report may not in fact occur. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these 
forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the 
forward-looking statements include, without limitation, regional, national or global political, economic, business, 
competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following: 

the wide range of competition we face; 
competitors that are larger and possess more resources; 
competition for the leisure and entertainment time of audiences; 

• 
• 
• 
•  whether our edge-out strategy will succeed; 
• 
• 
• 
• 

dependence upon a business services strategy, including our ability to secure new businesses as customers; 
conditions in the economy, including potentially uncertain economic conditions and unemployment levels; 
demand for our broadband communications services may be lower than we expect; 
our ability to respond to rapid technological change, including our ability to develop and deploy new 
products and technologies; 
increases in programming and retransmission costs; 
the effects of regulatory changes in our business; 
our substantial level of indebtedness; 
certain covenants in our debt documents; 
programming exclusivity in favor of our competitors; 
inability to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support; 
loss of interconnection agreements; 
failure to receive support from various funds established under federal and state law; 
exposure to credit risk of customers, vendors and third parties; 
strain on business and resources from future acquisitions or joint ventures, or the inability to identify 
suitable acquisitions; 
potential impairments to our goodwill or franchise operating rights; 
the disruption or failure of our network information systems or technologies as a result of hacking, viruses, 
outages or natural disasters in one or more of our geographic markets; 
fluctuations in our stock price; 
other risks referenced in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Risk Factors”; 
our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing; 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

and other factors described from time to time in our reports filed or furnished with the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the “SEC”), and in particular those factors set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other reports 
subsequently filed with the SEC. 

2 

All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. We caution you 
that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we 
cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially 
realized, that they will result in the consequences we anticipate or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. 

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Factors or events that could cause our 
actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no 
obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or 
otherwise, except as required by law. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, there should be no 
inference that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.  

3 

 
 
Item 1.  Business 

Overview 

PART I 

We are a fully integrated provider of high-speed data (“HSD”), cable television (“Video”), and digital telephony 
(“Telephony”) services to residential customers and offer a full range of products and services to business customers. 
Our service area covers 19 markets principally in the Midwestern and Southeastern United States. At December 31, 
2019, our broadband networks passed 3.2 million homes and businesses and served 823,400 customers, reflecting a total 
customer penetration rate of 25%. 

Our focus is to offer competitive broadband service and establish a brand with a strong market position. We have built 
our business through (i) organic subscriber growth and increased penetration within our existing markets and footprint, 
(ii) network expansion to grow our footprint, (iii) upgrades to introduce enhanced broadband services to networks we 
have acquired, (iv) entry into business services, with a full range of HSD, Video and Telephony products and 
(v) acquisitions and integration of broadband networks.  

Our core strategy is to provide outstanding service at affordable prices. We execute this strategy by managing our 
operations to focus on the customer. We believe the customer experience should be reliable, easy and pleasantly 
surprising, every time. To achieve this customer experience, we operate one of the most technically advanced and 
uniform broadband  networks in the industry with approximately 97% of our network at 750 MHz or greater capacity. 
Given the advanced and uniform nature of our next generation network, we are able to maintain the network relatively 
inexpensively and maintain our own telephony network. 

We operate our network primarily in economically stable suburbs that are adjacent to large metropolitan areas as well as 
secondary and tertiary markets, which we believe have favorable competitive and demographic profiles and include 
businesses operating across a range of industries. We benefit from the ability to augment our footprint by pursuing 
value-accretive network extensions, or edge-outs, to increase our addressable market and grow our customer base. 
Within the past two years, we have been constructing our edge-outs with 1.25 GHz of capacity.  

Our advanced network offers HSD speeds up to 1 GIG (1000 Mbps) in approximately 95% of our footprint. Led by our 
robust HSD offering, our products are available either as a bundle or as an individual service to residential and business 
service customers. We continue to operate under an Internet-centric growth strategy. Based on our per subscriber 
economics, we believe that HSD represents the greatest opportunity to enhance profitability across our residential and 
business markets.  

In an effort to further improve the quality of our customer experience, in 2019 we enhanced our service operations to 
allow our customers to interact with us though our online store and launched online chat services within our digital sales 
channel to communicate with customers.  

Our most significant competitors are other cable television operators, direct broadcast satellite providers and certain 
telephone companies that offer services that provide features and functionality similar to our HSD, Video and Telephony 
services. We believe our strategy of operating primarily in suburban areas provides better operating and financial 
stability compared to the more competitive environments in large metropolitan markets. We have a history of 
successfully competing in chosen markets despite the presence of competing incumbent providers through attractive 
high value pricing of our services and investments in new service offerings. 

4 

 
Our Systems and Markets 

An overview of our markets as of December 31, 2019 is shown below: 

Market 
Detroit, MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Chicago, IL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Columbus, OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Pinellas, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Cleveland, OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Huntsville, AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Baltimore, MD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Montgomery, AL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Evansville, IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Augusta, GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Charleston, SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Lansing, MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Columbus, GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Panama City, FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Knoxville, TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Newnan, GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Dothan, AL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
West Point, GA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Auburn, AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     

Total 

  Fiber 
     Miles 

  Coaxial 
     Miles 

Homes 
Passed 
 704,363   
 486,592   
 438,380   
 295,869   
 250,787   
 125,733   
 110,806   
 107,333   
 105,031   
 96,091   
 93,185   
 91,817   
 84,993   
 82,664   
 54,230   
 43,440   
 32,890   
 17,806   
 15,151   

 2,152   
 1,071   
 1,690   
 580   
 835   
 443   
 427   
 333   
 456   
 433   
 561   
 729   
 297   
 218   
 317   
 350   
 214   
 326   
 199   
    3,237,161     35,281     11,631   

 6,270   
 3,239   
 4,680   
 3,439   
 2,676   
 1,921   
 1,226   
 1,300   
 1,317   
 1,347   
 1,203   
 2,039   
 1,028   
 950   
 758   
 834   
 544   
 325   
 185   

     Network Miles
 8,422 
 4,310 
 6,370 
 4,019 
 3,511 
 2,364 
 1,653 
 1,633 
 1,773 
 1,780 
 1,764 
 2,768 
 1,325 
 1,168 
 1,075 
 1,184 
 758 
 651 
 384 
 46,912 

Our Vision and Commitment to Customer Service 

We believe our vision “connecting people to their world through the WOW experience: reliable, easy and pleasantly 
surprising, every time” is central to our success. This vision influences how we are organized and informs the process we 
employ to acquire and retain customers. For example, we use a needs-based selling process to recommend packages that 
best fit customers’ service and pricing needs. We keep our customer response activities closely coordinated with all 
operational aspects of our business, so resources are appropriately allocated and operating efficiencies are optimized. We 
believe in offering customers an experience that is convenient for them by generally providing installation and service 
appointments within a two hour window, seven days a week. 

We use targeted marketing modeling to drive profitable growth and minimize risk of non-pay churn. This analysis is 
performed at the node level in our network so marketing and sales tactics drive penetration in a highly targeted manner. 
We also believe the responsibility for winning new customers extends beyond the sales and marketing department to our 
entire company. 

We have demonstrated our ability to grow by delivering a strong customer experience and selectively introducing new 
competitive offerings. We recognize that customer preferences are continually evolving in response to rapid 
technological change. As a result, we continue to experience increases in customers that purchase only HSD service. We 
will continue to evaluate and evolve our service offerings based on consumer preferences.  

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Our Service Offerings 

We offer subscription based HSD, Video and Telephony services in all of our markets. Our service offerings are 
designed to address the varying needs of customers. The subscription fee is based on the type of services selected and 
offered to customers either as an individual service or a bundle of services. As of December 31, 2019, bundled 
customers represented approximately 47% of our subscriber base. 

Residential Services 

High-Speed Data Services 

We offer tiered HSD services to residential customers that include high-speed connections to the Internet using cable 
modems. We offer a connection up to 1 GIG (1000 Mbps) in approximately 95% of our footprint. We will continue to 
develop features and products, such as Whole-Home WiFi, that allow our customers to take advantage of our high-speed 
data offering.  

Our data packages generally include the following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

specialized technical support 24 hours a day, seven days a week; 
a home portal page with customizable access to local content, weather, news, sports and financial reports; 
value-added features such as e-mail accounts; 
advanced wireless home networking; and 
a DOCSIS-compliant modem installed by a trained professional. 

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 48% of our customer base subscribed only to our HSD service. We expect the 
portion of our customer base that subscribes only to our HSD service to continue to rise as the number of ways 
customers can consume entertainment content continues to evolve.  

Video Services 

We offer our customers a full array of video services and programming choices. Customers generally pay initial 
connection charges and fixed monthly fees for video service. 

Our video service offering is comprised of the following: 

•  Basic Cable Service:  All of our video customers receive a package of limited basic programming, which 
generally consists of local broadcast television and local community programming, including public, 
educational and government access channels, and various home shopping networks. The expanded basic 
level of programming includes approximately 75 channels of satellite-delivered or non-broadcast channels, 
such as ESPN, MTV, USA, CNN, The Discovery Channel and Nickelodeon. 

•  Digital Cable Service, HD channels, and Premiums:  This digital level of service includes more than 275 
channels of digital programming, including our expanded basic cable service, and more than 40 music 
channels. We enable value added features to strengthen our competitive position and generate additional 
revenues, including HD TV, digital video recording (“DVR”), video on demand (“VOD”) and subscription 
VOD. VOD permits customers to order movies and other programming on demand with DVD-like 
functions, with thousands of hours of content available for free and on a pay-per-view basis. Subscription 
VOD is a similar service that has specific content available to customers who subscribe to the underlying 
associated channel. 

•  Ultra:  We offer our Ultra video product in select markets. Ultra provides customers an enriched user 

experience with advanced features and is an all-in-one solution for our customers. Ultra’s advanced feature 
set includes whole-home DVR, remote DVR management, wireless home networking, ability to access 

6 

Netflix without switching inputs on TV, the ability to view personal content from a PC on TV, parental 
control from anywhere and a smart menu user interface. 

•  Premium Channels:  These channels, such as HBO, Showtime, STARZ, STARZ ENCORE and Cinemax, 

provide commercial-free movies, TV shows, sports and other special event entertainment programming and 
are available as part of a bundle or at an additional charge above our expanded basic and digital tiers of 
service. 

Our platform enables us to provide an attractive service offering of extensive programming as well as interactive 
services. 

Telephony Services 

We provide residential voice services using Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”). Our telephony services include local 
and long-distance telephone services. We offer telephone packages that include different combinations of the following 
core services: 

local area calling plans; 
flat-rate local and long-distance plans; 
unlimited local and long-distance plans; 
popular calling features such as caller ID, call waiting and voicemail; and 

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  measured and fixed rate toll packages based on usage. 

Business Services 

Our broadband network also supports services to business customers and we have developed a full suite of products for 
small, medium and large local enterprises. We offer the traditional bundled product offering and have also developed 
new products to meet the more complex high-speed data and telephony needs of medium and large local enterprises. We 
offer fiber based services, which enable our customers to have enhanced telephony services, data speeds of up to 10 
gigabit per second on our fiber network, and office-to-office metro Ethernet services that provide a secure and managed 
connection between customer locations. We have introduced our Hosted Voice product offering, which can replace 
customers’ aging private branch exchange (“PBX”) products with telephony and data service that offers more flexible 
features at a lower cost. In addition, we have a Session Initiated Protocol (“SIP”) trunking service. This service is a 
direct replacement for the traditional telephone service used by large PBX customers and is delivered over our fiber 
network and terminated via an Ethernet connection at the customer’s premise. We have a complete line of colocation 
infrastructure services, cloud computing, managed backup and recovery services. We serve our business customers from 
locally based business offices with customer service and network support 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 

Pricing for Our Products and Services 

We employ value based pricing strategies for our subscription HSD, Video and Telephony services. We focus our 
pricing strategy around our HSD offering and provide the option for HSD customers to purchase Video and Telephony 
services as part of a bundled service with tiered features and pricing. We believe that our services are priced and featured 
to meet the demands of a variety of consumers.  

We typically charge a one-time installation fee which is sometimes waived or discounted in certain sales or certain 
promotional periods. Additionally, we charge monthly fees for customer premise equipment utilized in providing the 
selected service. 

7 

Our Interactive Broadband Network 

Our robust broadband network is critical to the implementation of our operating strategy, allowing us to offer HSD, 
Video, Telephony, Metro Ethernet, and other enterprise class services to our customers in an efficient manner and with a 
high level of quality. In addition to providing high capacity and scalability, our network has been specifically engineered 
to have increased reliability, including features, where available, such as: 

• 

• 

• 

redundant fiber routing which enables the rapid, automatic redirection of network traffic in the event of a 
fiber cut; 
backup power supplies in our network which ensure continuity of our service in the event of a power 
outage; and 
network monitoring to the customer premise ensuring the integrity of our HSD, Video and Telephony 
services. 

Technical Overview 

Our interactive broadband network consists primarily of an advanced hybrid fiber-coaxial (“HFC”) cable network. 
Fiber-optic cable is a communications medium that uses glass fibers to transmit signals over long distances with 
minimum signal loss or distortion. In most of our network, our system’s owned high capacity fiber-optic cables connect 
to our technical facilities and multiple nodes throughout our network. These nodes are connected to individual homes 
and buildings by fiber and coaxial cable and are shared by a number of customers. We have sufficient fiber and cable 
capacity to subdivide our nodes if growth so dictates. Our HFC network has excellent broadband frequency 
characteristics and physical durability, which is conducive to providing HSD, Video and Telephony transmission. 

Our interactive broadband network is designed using redundant fiber-optic cables. Our fiber rings are “self-healing,” 
which means they provide for very rapid, automatic redirection of network traffic so our service will continue even if 
there is a single point of failure on a fiber ring. 

We distribute our services from our technical facilities called head-ends, hub sites, and data centers each of which is 
equipped with a generator and battery backup power source to allow service to continue during a power outage. 
Additionally, individual nodes served by the facilities are equipped with backup generators or batteries. Our redundant 
fiber-optic cables and network powering systems allow us to provide telephony services consistent with industry 
reliability standards for traditional telephone systems. 

We monitor our network 24 hours a day, seven days a week from our network operations centers. Technicians in each of 
our service areas schedule and perform installations and repairs and monitor the performance of our interactive 
broadband network. We actively maintain the quality of our network to minimize service interruptions and extend the 
network’s operational life. 

High-Speed Data Services 

We provide Internet access using high-speed cable modems that facilitate the connection to the customer home. We 
provide our customers with a high level of data transfer rates through multiple peering arrangements with tier-one 
Internet facility providers. 

Video Services 

Our network is designed for digital two-way interactive transmission with fiber-optic cable carrying signals from the 
head-end to hubs and to distribution points (nodes) within our customers’ neighborhoods, where the signals are 
transferred to our coaxial cable network for delivery to our customers. 

8 

Telephony Services 

We offer telephony service over our broadband network. We install a network interface box outside a customer’s home 
or an Embedded Multimedia Terminal Adapter in the home to provide dial tone service. Our network interconnects with 
those of other local phone companies. In addition, we serve our telephony customers using VoIP switching technology. 
This newer architecture allows for the same enhanced custom calling services as traditional time division multiplexing 
switching systems, as well as additional advanced business services such as SIP, hosted PBX services and other services. 

Business Services 

In addition to the HSD, Video and Telephony services outlined above, we also utilize our network to provide other 
business services, including SIP, web hosting, metro Ethernet and wireless backhaul services. We also provide advanced 
colocation and cloud infrastructure services including private cage or cabinet with high availability power, virtual and 
physical computing, high performance storage, dedicated firewall/load balancers, private virtual local area network 
segmentation, disaster recovery to the cloud and backup and archive as a service. 

Programming 

We purchase some of our programming directly from the program networks by entering into affiliation agreements with 
the programming suppliers. We also benefit from our membership with the National Cable Television Cooperative 
(“NCTC”), which enables us to take advantage of volume discounts. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 63% of 
our programming was sourced from the NCTC, which also handles our contracting and billing arrangements for this 
programming. 

Competition 

We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly-changing environment, competing with both existing communications 
providers and new entrants that provide similar HSD, Video and Telephony services to subscribers within our operating 
footprint. We have at least one major cable competitor (typically Comcast Corporation (“Comcast”) or Charter 
Communications Inc. (“Charter”)) in most of our markets and our largest telecommunications competitor is AT&T, Inc. 
(“AT&T”). Additionally, we face increasing competition from content owners that utilize internet-based delivery of 
content directly to consumers. We believe our consistent recognition for having a strong commitment to customer 
service provides meaningful differentiation versus our competitors. 

High Speed Data Services 

We primarily face competition from multiple system operators (“MSO”), fiber-to-the-home ("FTTH"), wireless 
broadband offerings, incumbent local exchange carriers (“ILECs”) that provide dial-up and DSL services, and other 
Internet access service providers, including fixed wireless and satellite-based broadband services. We offer HSD speeds 
up to 1 GIG (1000 Mbps) in approximately 95% of our footprint. Several of our competitors, including AT&T and 
Google, have announced similar offerings in their service areas which overlaps with a portion of our footprint. We face 
increasing competition from mobile phone companies, such as AT&T and Verizon Communications, Inc. (“Verizon”), 
which offer fixed or unlimited access to the Internet as a part of mobile service packages. These same mobile phone 
companies have started offering fifth generation (“5G”) services. Due to rapidly changing technologies, consumers will 
continue to have a variety of options to obtain access to the Internet.   

Video Services 

Cable television systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by local authorities, which may result in 
more than one cable operator providing video services in a particular market. Our primary competitors are other fiber 
and HFC providers, including Charter, Comcast and AT&T U-verse, and direct broadcast satellite systems, including 
DirecTV (a subsidiary of AT&T) and Dish Network, which transmit signals to small dish antennas owned by the 
end-user. 

9 

We face increasing competition from companies that deliver video content over Internet connections, referred to as 
“over-the-top” or “OTT”, directly to consumers on televisions, computers, tablets, gaming and mobile devices. These 
competitors include virtual multichannel video programming distributors (“V-MVPD”), which aggregate live and on-
demand linear television, and direct content distributors, which provide and distribute content directly to customers 
through an internet-connected device for a subscription fee. Examples of V-MVPD providers include Sling TV, DirecTV 
Now, YouTube Live, PlayStation Vue, and Hulu Live.  Examples of direct content distributors include Netflix, Roku, 
Apple TV+, Amazon Prime, Disney+ and Hulu Plus. Additionally, some programmers, such as HBO and CBS, are 
choosing to deliver content directly to the consumer over the Internet.   

We believe the movement away from traditional video subscription services will accelerate and continue to reduce our 
video subscriber base. However, we believe that we are positioned to benefit from these trends as these customers will 
require robust Internet connection in order to efficiently access such OTT content, which could lead to increased demand 
for our HSD services and result in a reduction of programming costs and other costs required to support our Video 
offering.  

Telephony Services 

We mainly compete against wireless, VoIP, and wireline telephone providers. VoIP places and transmits telephone calls 
over an IP network, such as the Internet, instead of the traditional public switched telephone network. Our primary 
wireless and VoIP competitors include AT&T, Verizon, Charter, Comcast and Frontier. We expect Internet based 
technology, including video conferencing, instant messaging, smart speakers, home automation and email, to rapidly 
evolve to include or displace the need for telephony services. Given the continuously changing technology and various 
communications options, competition will continue to intensify for telephony service subscribers.  

Employees 

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately 2,200 full-time employees. We consider our relationship with our 
employees to be good and we structure our compensation and benefit plans in order to attract and retain high-performing 
employees. We will continue to recruit employees to meet the needs of our strategic plans. We recruit from several 
major industries for employees with skills in high-speed data, video and telephony technologies. None of our employees 
are subject to collective bargaining agreements. 

Legislation and Regulation 

We operate in highly regulated industries and both our cable television and telecommunications services are subject to 
broad regulation at the federal, state and local levels. Our Internet services have historically been subject to more limited 
regulation by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). The following is a summary of laws and regulations 
affecting the business we operate. It does not purport to be a complete summary of all present and proposed legislation 
and regulations pertaining to our operations. 

Regulation of Cable Services 

The FCC is the principal federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over cable television operators and services, and has 
promulgated regulations covering many aspects of cable television operations. The FCC has modified some regulations 
applicable to our business and is considering further changes, but the full impact of these changes on our business is 
unknown. The FCC enforces its regulations through the imposition of monetary fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist 
orders and/or the imposition of other administrative sanctions. Cable franchises, the principal instrument of 
governmental authority for our cable television operations, are not issued by the FCC but by states, cities, counties or 
political subdivisions. A brief summary of certain key federal regulations follows. 

10 

Rate Regulation 

The Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (“1992 Cable Act”) authorized rate regulation 
for certain cable services and equipment in certain markets. It also eliminated direct oversight of rates by the FCC and 
local franchising authorities of all but the basic service tier of cable service. Rate regulation of the basic tier does not 
apply except when a cable operator is subject to effective competition in the relevant community. Under an order issued 
by the FCC in 2015, cable operators are presumed to be subject to effective competition. That order was appealed to the 
D.C. Circuit Court, which denied the petition for review. Moreover, some local franchising authorities that could 
otherwise regulate basic rates for broadband networks that are not subject to effective competition choose not to do so. 
We are not currently subject to cable service rate regulation in any of our markets. 

Program Access 

To promote competition between incumbent cable operators and independent cable programmers, the 1992 Cable Act 
placed restrictions on dealings between certain cable programmers and cable operators. Satellite video programmers 
affiliated with cable operators are prohibited in most cases from favoring those cable operators over competing 
distributors of multi-channel video programming, such as satellite television operators and unaffiliated competitive cable 
operators such as us. Specifically, the program access regulations generally prohibit exclusive contracts for satellite 
cable programming or satellite broadcast programming between any cable operator and any cable-affiliated 
programming vendor. On October 5, 2012, the FCC adopted and released a Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in 
the Matter of Revision of the Commission’s Program Access Rules (“Program Access FNPRM”). The FCC declined to 
extend the exclusive contract prohibition section of the program access rules beyond its October 5, 2012 sunset date. The 
prohibition applies only to programming that is delivered via satellite; it does not apply to programming delivered via 
terrestrial facilities. The FCC determined that a preemptive prohibition on exclusive contracts is no longer “necessary to 
preserve and protect competition and diversity in the distribution of video programming” considering that a case-by-case 
process will remain in place after the prohibition expires to assess the impact of individual exclusive contracts. In the 
Program Access FNPRM, the FCC also requested comment on revisions to the program access rules pertaining to 
buying groups and rebuttable presumptions in program access complaint proceedings challenging certain exclusive 
contracts. The Program Access FNPRM is still pending. 

Commercial Leased Access 

The Communications Act requires that broadband networks with 36 or more channels make available a portion of their 
channel capacity for commercial leased access by third parties to facilitate competitive programming efforts. We have 
not been subject to many requests for carriage under the leased access rules. 

Carriage of Broadcast Television Signals 

The 1992 Cable Act established broadcast signal carriage (so-called “must carry”) requirements that allow local 
commercial television broadcast stations to elect every three years whether to require the cable systems in the relevant 
area to carry the station’s signal or whether to require the cable system to negotiate for consent to carry the station. The 
most recent election by broadcasters became effective January 1, 2018; the next election deadline is October 1, 2020, 
with elections to then take effect on January 1, 2021. Cable systems are also subject to must-carry obligations for local, 
non-commercial stations. We now carry most commercial stations pursuant to retransmission consent agreements and 
pay fees for such consents. The FCC and/or Congress have introduced or are considering certain rules governing the 
election process and the negotiations of retransmission consent agreements, but we cannot yet assess the impact of these 
rules on our ability to obtain programming or on our business more generally.  

11 

Franchise Authority 

Cable television systems operate pursuant to non-exclusive franchises issued by franchising authorities, which, 
depending on the specific jurisdiction, can be the states, cities, counties or political subdivisions in which a cable 
operator provides cable service. Franchising authority is premised upon the cable operator crossing and using public 
rights-of-way to construct and maintain its system. The terms of franchises, while variable, often include requirements 
concerning services, franchise fees, service areas, customer service standards, technical requirements, public, 
educational and government (“PEG”) access channels and support, and channel capacity. Franchise authorities may 
terminate a franchise or assess penalties if the franchised cable operator fails to adhere to the conditions of the franchise. 
Although largely discretionary, the exercise of state and local franchise authority is limited by federal statutes and 
regulations adopted pursuant thereto. We believe that the requirements imposed by our franchise agreements are fairly 
typical for the industry. Although they do vary, our franchises generally provide for the payment of fees to the applicable 
franchise authority of up to 5% of our gross cable service revenues, which is the current maximum authorized by federal 
law. Many of our franchises also require that we pay a percentage of our gross revenue in support of PEG channels. 
These so-called PEG fees vary, but generally do not exceed 2% of our gross cable services revenues. 

On December 20, 2006, the FCC established rules and provided guidance (“2006 Order”) pursuant to the 
Communications Act that prohibit local franchising authorities from unreasonably refusing to award competitive 
franchises for the provision of cable services. In order to eliminate certain barriers to entry into the cable market, and to 
encourage investment in broadband facilities, the FCC preempted local laws, regulations, and requirements, including 
local level-playing-field provisions, to the extent they impose greater restrictions on market entry than those adopted 
under the order. This order has the potential to benefit us by facilitating our ability to obtain and renew cable service 
franchises. On January 21, 2015, the FCC issued an Order on Reconsideration of the Second Report and Order. The FCC 
clarified that the franchising rules and findings it extended to incumbent cable operators in the 2006 Order do not apply 
to state laws governing cable television operators, or to any state-level cable franchising process. In its Second Further 
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking released September 25, 2018, the FCC sought comment on this conclusion. On 
August 1, 2019, the FCC adopted a Third Report and Order (“2019 Order”) concluding, among other things, that its 
franchising rules and findings fully apply to state-level franchising actions and regulations, and limiting the ability of 
franchising authorities to impose franchise fees and to regulate non-cable services. A number of local franchising 
authorities have challenged that decision in a federal appeals court and have asked that the FCC’s rulings be stayed 
pending appeal. We cannot predict the outcome of that appeal, or how the FCC’s rulings will impact our business.    

Many state legislatures have enacted legislation streamlining the franchising process, including having the state, instead 
of local governments, issue franchises. Of particular relevance to us, states with laws streamlining the franchising 
process or authorizing state-wide or uniform franchises currently include Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, 
Ohio, South Carolina and Tennessee. In some cases, these laws enable us to expand our operations more rapidly by 
providing for a streamlined franchising process. At the same time, they enable easier entry by additional providers into 
our service territories. 

Franchise Renewal 

Franchise renewal, or approval for the sale, transfer or assignment of a franchise, may involve the imposition of 
additional requirements not present in the initial franchise agreement. Franchise renewal is not guaranteed, but federal 
law imposes certain standards to prohibit the arbitrary denial of franchise renewal. Our franchises are typically issued for 
10 to 15 year initial terms, but the terms vary depending upon whether we are operating under a local or state franchise. 
Many of our existing franchise terms will expire over the course of the next several years, and we operate under a small 
number of expired franchises. Still, we expect our franchises to be renewed by the relevant franchising authority. The 
2006 Order and 2019 Order discussed under Franchise Authority above, as well as some state laws that regulate the 
issuance of state video franchises, reduce the potential for unreasonable conditions being imposed upon renewal. 

12 

Pole Attachments 

The Communications Act requires all local telephone companies and electric utilities, except those owned by 
municipalities and co-operatives, to provide cable operators and telecommunications carriers with nondiscriminatory 
access to poles, ducts, conduit and rights-of-way at just and reasonable rates, except where states have certified to the 
FCC that they regulate pole access and pole attachment rates. The right to access poles, ducts, conduits and 
rights-of-way pursuant to regulated rates and set timeframes is highly beneficial to facilities-based providers such as us. 
Federal law also establishes principles to govern the pricing and terms of such access. Currently, 20 states and the 
District of Columbia have made certifications to the FCC, which leaves pole attachment matters to be regulated by those 
states. Of the states in which we operate, Illinois, Michigan and Ohio have made certifications to the FCC. The FCC has 
clarified that the provision of Internet services by a cable operator does not affect the agency’s jurisdiction over pole 
attachments by that cable operator, nor does the provision of such non-cable services affect the rate formula otherwise 
applicable to the cable operator. 

In April 2011, the FCC adopted an order that examined a number of issues involving access to pole attachments by 
telecommunications carriers, including the rights of ILECs to demand nondiscriminatory access in certain situations, and 
which attempted to bring the rates that cable operators and telecommunications carriers charge closer to parity. In 
November 2015, the FCC released another order taking further steps to balance the rates paid by cable operators and 
telecommunications carriers. Part of the order addresses some industry members’ concerns that pole attachment rates 
might increase sharply after the FCC reclassified broadband service as telecommunications service as discussed further 
below. The 2015 order was appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 8th Circuit, which rejected the petition. It is 
uncertain, however, how the Internet Freedom Order discussed below might impact attachment rights and costs. 

Internet Service 

In January 2018, the FCC released a decision rescinding various “net neutrality” requirements governing how broadband 
Internet access providers were permitted to offer broadband service. As a result, under the current approach, broadband 
Internet access providers must publicly disclose detailed information regarding their service offerings, Internet traffic 
management processes, and other practices affecting broadband customers, but are not otherwise limited by federal law 
in their ability to block, throttle, or prioritize specific types of Internet traffic. The FCC also held that states are 
preempted (prohibited) from enacting their own versions of these or similar requirements. On October 1, 2019, a federal 
appeals court upheld most of the FCC’s decision, but it reversed the FCC’s blanket preemption of state rules, holding 
that such state laws could only be prohibited on a case-by-case basis, and only when they conflict with state or federal 
policy.  The court also directed the FCC to further consider certain other issues.  A number of advocacy groups and 
states have petitioned the court for rehearing.  We cannot predict how the court or the FCC will respond to these 
developments. In the meantime, several states have adopted, or are considering, net neutrality requirements of their own. 
Some of these are currently subject to legal challenge by broadband providers and/or the United States government in 
federal district court. We cannot predict with any certainty the likely timing or outcome of these or future challenges, or 
how state efforts to adopt net neutrality requirements will continue to evolve. 

Tier Buy-through 

The tier buy-through prohibition contained in the 1992 Cable Act generally prohibits cable operators from requiring 
subscribers to purchase a particular service tier, other than the basic service tier, in order to obtain access to video 
programming offered on a per-channel or per-program basis. In general, a cable television operator has the right to select 
the channels and services that are available on its cable system. With the exception of certain channels that are required 
to be carried by federal law as part of the basic tier, such as certain local broadcast television channels, the cable operator 
has broad discretion in choosing the channels that will be available and how those channels will be packaged and 
marketed to subscribers. In order to maximize the number of subscribers, the cable operator selects channels that are 
likely to appeal to a broad spectrum of viewers. If Congress or the FCC were to place more stringent requirements on 
how we package our services, such requirements could have an adverse effect on our profitability. 

13 

Potential Regulatory Changes 

The regulation of cable television systems at the federal, state and local levels has substantially changed over the past 
two decades since enactment of the 1992 Cable Act. Material additional changes in the law and implementing regulatory 
requirements, both those described above and others, cannot be ascertained with any certainty at this time. Our business 
could be adversely affected by future changes in regulations. 

Regulation of Telecommunication Services 

Our telecommunications services are subject to varying degrees of federal, state and local regulation. Pursuant to the 
Communications Act, as amended by the 1996 Act, the FCC generally exercises jurisdiction over the facilities of, and 
the services offered by, telecommunications carriers that provide interstate or international communications services. 
The FCC has extended many of its regulations that apply to traditional telecommunications service to Internet based, or 
interconnected VoIP phone services. Barring federal preemption, state regulatory authorities retain jurisdiction over the 
same facilities to the extent that they are used to provide intrastate communications services, as well as facilities solely 
used to provide intrastate services. Local regulation is largely limited to the management of the occupation and use of 
county or municipal public rights-of-way. Various international authorities may also seek to regulate the provision of 
certain services that originate or terminate outside the U.S. As addressed in more detail above, in the Internet Freedom 
Order, the FCC reversed the Open Internet Order and re-characterized broadband Internet access services as information 
services no longer subject to various Title II requirements. 

Regulation of Local Exchange Operations 

Our ILEC subsidiaries are regulated by both federal and state agencies. Our interstate products and services and the 
regulated telecommunications earnings of all of our subsidiaries are subject to federal regulation by the FCC, and our 
local and intrastate products and services and the regulated earnings are subject to regulation by state public service 
commissions (“PSC”). The FCC has principal jurisdiction over matters including, but not limited to, interstate switched 
and special access rates. The FCC also regulates the rates that ILECs and CLECs may charge for the use of their local 
networks in originating or terminating interstate and international transmissions. PSCs have jurisdiction over matters 
including local service rates, intrastate access rates and the quality of service. 

The Communications Act places certain obligations, including those described below, on ILECs to open their networks 
to competitive providers, as well as heightened interconnection obligations and a duty to make their services available to 
resellers at a wholesale discount rate. The following are certain obligations that the Communications Act and the 1996 
Act, as implemented by the FCC, place on ILECs, which gives us important rights in the areas where we operate as 
competitors, and actual or potential obligations where our ILEC subsidiaries operate: 

• 

Interconnection. Establishes requirements and standards applicable to ILECs that receive requests from 
other carriers for network interconnection, unbundling of network elements, colocation of equipment and 
resale, and requires all local exchange carriers (“LECs”) to enter into mutual compensation arrangements 
with other for transport and termination of local calls on each other’s networks. 

•  Reciprocal Compensation. Requires all ILECs and CLECs to complete calls originated by competing local 

exchange carriers under reciprocal arrangements.  

•  Colocation of Equipment. Allows CLECs to install and maintain their own network equipment in ILEC 

central offices. 

•  Number Portability. Requires all providers of telecommunications services, as well as providers of 

interconnected VoIP services, to permit users of telecommunications services to retain their existing 
telephone numbers without impairment of quality, reliability or convenience when switching from one 
telecommunications provider to another.  

•  Access to Rights-of-Way. Requires telecommunications carriers to permit other carriers access to poles, 

ducts, conduits and rights-of-way at regulated prices and set time frames. 

14 

•  Unbundled Network Elements. Requires ILECs to offer certain parts of their telecommunications networks 

on an unbundled basis to competitors at cost-based rates set by the states.  

We have entered into PSC approved local interconnection agreements with a variety of telecommunicatons providers 
for, among other things, the transport and termination of our local and toll telephone traffic. Some of these agreements 
have expired; however, we continue to operate on the same rates, terms, and conditions in the interim as we seek to enter 
into successor agreements. These agreements are subject to changes as a result of changes in laws, regulations and 
technology, and there is no guarantee that the rates and terms concerning our interconnection agreements with ILECs 
under which we operate today will be available in the future. 

Inter-Carrier Compensation 

Our ILEC subsidiaries currently receive compensation from other telecommunications providers, including long distance 
companies, for origination of interexchange traffic through network access charges that are established in accordance 
with state and federal laws.  

Several of our subsidiaries are classified by the FCC as non-dominant carriers with respect to both interstate and 
international long-distance services and competitive local exchange services. As non-dominant carriers, these 
subsidiaries’ rates presently are not generally regulated by the FCC, although the rates are still subject to general 
statutory requirements applicable to all carriers that the rates be just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory. We may file 
tariffs for certain interstate access charges for these carriers on a permissive basis, but otherwise our interstate services 
are mandatorily detariffed and subject to our ability to enter into relationships with our customers through contracts. Our 
interstate access services are tariffed and fall within FCC-established benchmarks for such services. 

Certain of our subsidiaries are regulated by the FCC as dominant carriers in the provision of interstate switched access 
services. These subsidiaries must file tariffs with the FCC and must provide the FCC with notice prior to changing their 
rates, terms or conditions of their interstate access services. Each such subsidiary has filed its own tariff or concurred in 
the tariffs filed by the National Exchange Carrier Association. 

Regulatory Treatment of VoIP Services 

A significant part of our telephony line of business is classified by the FCC as VoIP. At this time, the FCC and state 
regulators have not classified most IP-enabled services as regulated telecommunications services. The FCC, for example, 
has applied to providers of “interconnected VoIP” services some of its rules applicable to traditional circuit switched 
telephone providers, but has yet to issue a ruling determining whether interconnected VoIP services are to be classified 
as information services (which are subject to little or no regulation) or telecommunications services. The FCC initiated a 
rulemaking proceeding in 2004 to examine issues relating to the appropriate regulatory classification of IP-enabled 
services, including VoIP services. We cannot predict when or if the FCC will issue a final decision in this proceeding, 
although it has issued several decisions in the interim applying certain regulatory requirements to providers of 
interconnected VoIP services. These requirements include, among others, regulations relating to federal universal service 
contributions, the confidentiality of customer data and communications, cooperation with law enforcement, 
discontinuation of service, numbering and number portability, outage reporting, 911 emergency access and disability 
access. The FCC has also established certain other requirements that impact our interconnected VoIP services. For 
example, the FCC requires that we provide certain notices to our VoIP customers concerning the limitations of the 
services, particularly in connection with the ability of the service (including access to E911) to function in the event of a 
power outage. Limited regulations also apply to non-interconnected VoIP services. We are also required to offer our 
customers a back-up power solution to enable the services to continue to function in the event of a power outage. Within 
our VoIP line of business, we currently comply with all applicable regulations that have been issued by the FCC or state 
regulatory agencies. Decisions and regulations from similar proceedings in the future could lead to an increase in the 
costs associated with providing VoIP services. At this time, we are unable to predict the impact, if any, that additional 
regulatory action on these issues will have on our business. 

15 

Universal Service 

The Federal Universal Service Fund (“USF”) is the support mechanism established by the FCC to ensure that high 
quality, affordable telecommunications service is available to all Americans. Pursuant to the FCC’s universal service 
rules, all telecommunications providers and interconnected VoIP providers, including us, must contribute a percentage of 
their interstate and international end-user telecommunications and interconnected VoIP revenues to the USF. The FCC 
establishes an industry-wide quarterly contribution factor, which sets the exact percentage that applies for the given 
quarter. The contribution factor for the first quarter of 2020 is 21.2% of gross assessable interstate and international 
telecommunications and interconnected VoIP revenues. The contribution rate is reviewed quarterly and may increase or 
decrease, which would either increase or decrease our contributions to the USF. This is not materially adverse to our 
business as we currently choose to recover the cost of the contributions from our end user customers, as allowed by FCC 
rules. However, climbing USF contributions may negatively impact our end users because they effectively make our 
products more expensive. 

Forbearance and Other Relief to Dominant Carriers 

The Communications Act permits the FCC to forbear from requiring telecommunications carriers to comply with certain 
of its regulations and provisions of the Communications Act if certain conditions are present that make enforcement of 
the regulations or statutory provisions unnecessary. Future reduction or elimination of federal regulatory and statutory 
requirements could free us from regulatory burdens, but might also increase the relative flexibility of our major 
competitors. As a result of grants of forbearance, for example, our costs (and those of our competitors) of purchasing 
broadband services from carriers could increase significantly, as the rates, terms and conditions offered in non-tariffed 
“commercial agreements” may become less favorable and we may not be able to purchase services from alternative 
vendors. 

Multiple Tenant Properties 

The FCC has prohibited telecommunications carriers from entering into exclusive access agreements (or enforcing 
pre-existing exclusive arrangements) with building owners or managers in both commercial and residential multi-tenant 
environments. The FCC has also adopted rules requiring utilities (including ILEC’s) to provide telecommunications 
carriers (and cable operators) with reasonable and non-discriminatory access to utility-owned or -controlled conduits and 
rights-of-way in all multiple tenant environments (e.g., apartment buildings, office buildings and campuses) in those 
states where the state government has not certified to the FCC that it regulates utility pole attachments and rights-of-way 
matters. These requirements may facilitate our access (as well as the access of competitors) to customers in multi-tenant 
environments, at least with regard to our provision of telecommunications services. 

In an order released November 13, 2007, the FCC found that contractual agreements between multiple dwelling unit 
(“MDU”) owners and cable operators that grant exclusive access to the cable operator are proscribed as “unfair methods 
of competition.” Under the rule, the Commission prohibits the enforcement of existing exclusivity clauses and the 
execution of new ones by cable operators and others subject to the relevant statutory provisions. MDUs include a 
multiple dwelling unit building and any other centrally managed residential real estate development (such as a gated 
community, mobile home park, or garden apartment complex). These requirements facilitate our access (as well as the 
access of competitors) to customers in MDU environments, at least with regard to our provision of cable services. They 
also, however, invalidate any of our existing exclusive access agreements covered by the rules. In 2019, the FCC 
commenced a rulemaking to explore additional actions the FCC could take to facilitate deployment and consumer choice 
in MDU environments.  That rulemaking remains pending. 

16 

Customer Proprietary Network Information and Personally Identifiable Information  

We are subject to specific customer privacy obligations with respect to our telecommunications, interconnected VoIP 
and video services. FCC rules protect the privacy of certain information about customers that telecommunications 
providers, including us, acquire in the course of providing telecommunications and interconnected VoIP services. Such 
protected information, known as Customer Proprietary Network Information (“CPNI”), includes information related to 
the quantity, technological configuration, type, destination and the amount of use of a telecommunications offering. 
Certain states have also adopted state-specific CPNI rules. The FCC’s rules require affected providers to implement 
policies to notify customers of their rights, take reasonable precautions to protect CPNI and notify law enforcement 
agencies if a breach of CPNI occurs. If a federal or state regulatory body determines that we have breached the 
applicable regulations or implemented the FCC’s requirements incorrectly, we could be subject to fines or penalties. 

Section 631 of the Communications Act requires that we protect the privacy of our video customers. In general, that 
section: (i) requires that cable operators, such as us, notify customers of our obligations and their privacy rights; and 
(ii) prohibits cable operators from: (a) disclosing cable customer personally identifiable information (“PII”) without 
customer consent, or a court order, except in limited situations; and (b) using the cable system to collect PII without 
customer consent, unless necessary to provide service or prevent theft of service. Section 631 specifically provides our 
customers with the right to bring legal action against us if we fail to comply with the statutory requirements. 

In addition, statutory protections in Section 222 of the Communications Act, apply to our VoIP services. In the Internet 
Freedom Order, the FCC returned jurisdiction to regulate broadband privacy and data security to the Federal Trade 
Commission. 

Privacy continues to be a major focus of Congress, the Federal Trade Commission, the FCC, the U.S. Department of 
Commerce and the states. Additional laws, regulations or advisory guidelines could affect our ability to use and share 
customer information under various additional circumstances. 

Taxes and Regulatory Fees 

We are subject to numerous local, state and federal taxes and regulatory fees, including, but not limited to, local sales 
taxes, franchise fees and PEG fees, FCC regulatory fees and PSC regulatory fees. We have procedures in place to ensure 
that we properly collect taxes and fees from our customers and remit such taxes and fees to the appropriate entity 
pursuant to applicable law and/or regulation. If our collection procedures prove to be insufficient or if a taxing, franchise 
or regulatory authority determines that our remittances were inadequate, we could be required to make additional 
payments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Environmental Regulation 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local environmental, safety and health laws, and regulations, including 
those governing such matters as the generation, storage, reporting, treatment, handling, remediation, use, disposal and 
transportation of and exposure to hazardous materials, the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the 
atmosphere, the emission of electromagnetic radiation, the protection of wetlands, historic sites and threatened and 
endangered species, and health and safety. We also may be subject to laws requiring the investigation and cleanup of 
contamination at sites we own or operate or at third-party waste disposal sites. Such laws often impose joint and strict 
liability even if the owner or operator did not know of, or was not responsible for, the contamination. We operate several 
sites in connection with our operations. Our switch sites and some customer premise locations are equipped with backup 
power sources in the event of an electrical failure. Each of our switch site locations has battery and diesel fuel powered 
backup generators, and we use batteries to back up some of our customer premise equipment. In addition, some of our 
sites may have potential contamination risks from historical and surrounding activities. We are not aware of any liability 
or alleged liability at any owned or operated sites or third-party waste disposal sites that would be expected to have a 
material adverse effect on us. 

17 

Franchises 

As described above, cable television systems generally are constructed and operated under the authority of nonexclusive 
franchises, granted by local and/or state governmental authorities. Cable system franchises typically contain many 
conditions, such as time limitations on commencement and completion of system construction, customer service 
standards including number of channels, the provision of free service to schools and certain other public institutions, the 
maintenance of insurance and indemnity bonds, the payment of franchise fees and the support of PEG channels. We are 
currently in the process of renegotiating a small number of expired franchises. We anticipate that those franchises will be 
renewed. Local regulation of cable television operations and franchising matters is limited in part by federal parameters 
set forth in the Communications Act and the corresponding regulations of the FCC. The FCC has taken steps in recent 
years toward streamlining the franchising process. See Legislation and Regulation—Regulation of Cable Services above. 

Prior to the scheduled expiration of franchises, we may initiate renewal proceedings with the relevant franchising 
authorities. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 provides for an orderly franchise renewal process in which 
the franchising authorities may not unreasonably deny renewals. If a renewal is withheld and the franchising authority 
takes over operation of the affected cable system or awards the franchise to another party, the franchising authority must 
pay the cable operator the “fair market value” of the system. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 also 
established comprehensive renewal procedures requiring that the renewal application be evaluated on its own merit and 
not as part of a comparative process with other proposals. 

Corporate Information 

WOW’s principal executive offices are located at 7887 East Belleview Avenue, Suite 1000, Englewood, Colorado 
80111. WOW’s telephone number is (720) 479-3500 and we have a website accessible at www.wowway.com. Our 
annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments 
thereto, are available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed. The 
information posted on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report. These reports are also available on the 
Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

RISK FACTORS 

The material risks and uncertainties that we believe affect our business are described below. These risks and 
uncertainties may not be the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are not aware of or focused 
on, or risks currently deemed immaterial, may also impair business operations. You should consider carefully the risks 
and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the risks and uncertainties 
described below actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results or liquidity could be materially 
adversely affected. 

We face a wide range of competition, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. 

Our industry is, and will continue to be, highly competitive. Our principal residential services competitors, including 
other cable and telecommunications companies, offer services that provide features and functions comparable to the 
residential high-speed data, video, and/or telephony services that we offer. In most of our markets, cable competitors 
have invested in their networks and are able to offer a product suite which is comparable to ours.  

In some of our operating areas, AT&T, Verizon or other incumbent telephone providers have upgraded their networks to 
carry two-way video, fifth generation (“5G”) high-speed data technology with substantial bandwidth and IP-based 
telephony services, which they market and sell in bundles, in some cases, along with their wireless services. These 
telephone incumbents may also offer satellite video as a part of their bundle, either in partnership with a satellite 
provider or directly as is the case with AT&T/DirecTV. Consequently, there are more than two providers of “triple-play” 
services in some of our markets. 

18 

In addition, each of our residential services faces competition from other companies that provide such services on a 
stand-alone basis. Our residential video service faces competition from other cable and direct broadcast satellite 
providers that seek to distinguish their services from ours by offering aggressive promotional pricing, exclusive 
programming, and/or assertions of superior service or offerings. Increasingly, our residential video service also faces 
competition from companies that deliver content to consumers over the Internet and on mobile devices. This trend could 
negatively impact customer demand for our residential video service, especially premium channels and VOD services, 
and could encourage content owners to seek higher license fees from us in order to subsidize their free distribution of 
content. Our residential high-speed data and telephony services also face competition from wireless Internet and voice 
providers, and our residential voice service faces competition from other cable providers, “over-the-top” (“OTT”) phone 
service and other communication alternatives, including texting, social networking and email. In recent years, a trend 
known as “wireless substitution” has developed whereby certain customers have chosen to utilize a wireless telephone 
service as their sole phone provider. We expect this trend to continue in the future. 

We also compete across each of our commercial high-speed data, networking and telephony services with ILECs, 
CLECs and other cable companies. 

Any inability to compete effectively or an increase in competition could have an adverse effect on our financial results 
and return on capital expenditures due to possible increases in the cost of gaining and retaining subscribers and lower per 
subscriber revenue, could slow or cause a decline in our growth rates and could reduce our revenue. As we expand and 
introduce new and enhanced services, we may be subject to competition from other providers of those services. We 
cannot predict the extent to which this competition will affect our future business and financial results or return on 
capital expenditures. 

In addition, future advances in technology, as well as changes in the marketplace, in the economy and in the regulatory 
and legislative environments, may also result in changes to the competitive landscape. 

Many of our competitors are larger than we are and possess greater resources than we do. 

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and has become more so in recent years. In some instances, we 
compete against companies with fewer regulatory burdens, better access to financing, greater personnel resources, 
greater resources for marketing, greater brand name recognition, and long-established relationships with regulatory 
authorities and customers. Increasing consolidation in the cable industry and the repeal of certain ownership rules have 
provided additional benefits to certain of our competitors, either through access to financing, resources or efficiencies of 
scale. 

In providing video service, our primary competitors are Charter, Comcast, and AT&T. We also compete with satellite 
television providers, including AT&T’s DirecTV and Dish Network. Satellite television providers typically offer local 
broadcast television stations, which further reduces our current advantage over satellite television providers and our 
ability to attract and maintain customers. 

In providing local and long-distance telephone services and data services, we compete with the incumbent local phone 
company in each of our markets as well as other telecommunications providers in our markets. AT&T, CenturyLink, 
Frontier and Verizon are the primary ILECs in our targeted regions. They offer both local and long-distance services in 
our markets and are particularly strong competitors. We seek to attract customers away from other telephone companies 
and cable television service operators offering telephone services with Internet-based telephony. Cable operators 
offering voice services and data services in our markets increase competition for our bundled services. 

19 

We face risks relating to competition for the leisure and entertainment time of audiences, which has intensified in 
part due to advances in technology. 

Our business is subject to risks relating to increasing competition for the leisure and entertainment time of consumers. 
Our business competes with all other sources of entertainment and information delivery. Technological advancements, 
such as new video formats and Internet streaming and downloading, many of which have been beneficial to our business, 
have nonetheless increased the number of entertainment and information delivery choices available to consumers and 
have intensified the challenges posed by audience fragmentation. Increasingly, content owners are delivering their 
content directly to consumers over the Internet. Furthermore, due to consumer electronics innovations, consumers are 
more readily able to watch such Internet-delivered content on television sets and mobile devices, which could lead to 
additional “cord-cutting”. Although the increase of delivery content through the Internet could be beneficial to demand 
for our HSD products, the increasing number of choices available to audiences could negatively impact not only 
consumer demand for our other products and services, but also advertisers’ willingness to purchase advertising from us. 
If we do not respond appropriately to the increasing leisure and entertainment choices available to consumers, our 
competitive position could deteriorate, which could adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or 
results of operations. 

A prolonged economic downturn, especially any downturn in the housing market, may negatively impact our ability 
to attract new subscribers and generate increased revenues. 

We are exposed to risks associated with prevailing economic conditions, which could adversely impact demand for our 
products and services and have a negative impact on our financial results. In addition, the global financial markets have 
displayed uncertainty, and at times the equity and credit markets have experienced unexpected volatility, which could 
cause economic conditions to worsen. A continuation or further weakening of these economic conditions could lead to 
reductions in consumer demand for our services, especially premium video services and enhanced features, such as 
DVRs, and a continued increase in the number of homes that replace their wireline telephone service with wireless 
service or OTT phone service and their video service with Internet-delivered and/or over-air content, which would 
negatively impact our ability to attract customers, maintain or increase rates and maintain or increase revenue. The 
expanded availability of free or lower cost competitive services, such as video streaming over the Internet, or substitute 
services, such as wireless phones, may further reduce consumer demand for our services during periods of weak 
economic conditions. In addition, providing video services is an established and highly penetrated business. Our ability 
to gain new video subscribers is partially dependent on growth in occupied housing in our service areas, which is 
influenced by both national and local economic conditions. If the number of occupied homes in our operating areas 
declines and/or the number of home foreclosures significantly increases, we may be unable to maintain or increase the 
number of our video subscribers. 

Our future growth is partially dependent upon our edge-out strategy, which may or may not be successful. 

We are strategically focused on driving growth by constructing additional broadband networks in order to sell our 
products and services within communities (generally near or adjacent to our network) which we do not currently serve. 
Generally, residents and enterprises within these communities can already purchase bundled services from other 
providers, or purchase high-speed data, video and telephony services from other operators on an à la carte basis. 
Therefore, we are expanding into competitive environments. This effort requires considerable financial and management 
resources, including reducing the near-term cash generation profile of our business. Additionally, we must obtain pole 
attachment agreements, franchises, construction permits, telephone numbers and other regulatory approvals to 
commence operations in these communities. Delays in entering into pole attachment agreements, receiving the necessary 
franchises and construction permits and conducting the construction itself have adversely affected our scheduled 
construction plans in the past and could do so again in the future. Difficulty in obtaining necessary resources may also 
adversely affect our ability to expand into new markets. We may face resistance from competitors who are already in 
markets we wish to enter. If our expectations regarding our ability to attract customers in these communities are not met, 
the capital requirements to complete the network investment or the time required to attract our expected level of 
customers are incorrect, our financial performance may be negatively impacted. 

20 

The demand for our broadband communications services may be lower than we expect. 

The demand for high-speed data, video and telephony services, either alone or as part of a bundle, cannot readily be 
determined. Our business could be adversely affected if demand for broadband communications services is materially 
lower than we expect. Our ability to generate revenue will suffer if the markets for the services we offer, including 
telephony and high-speed data services, fail to develop, grow more slowly than anticipated or become saturated with 
competitors. 

Our future growth is partially dependent upon a business services strategy, which may or may not be successful. 

One of the elements of our growth strategy is to execute upon a meaningful expansion in the business services market. 
To accommodate this growth, we may commit significant capital investments on technology, equipment and personnel 
focused on our business services. If we are unable to sufficiently build the necessary infrastructure and internal support 
functions to scale and expand our customer base, the potential growth of business services would be limited. In many 
cases, business services customers have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service 
and reliability that may prove difficult to meet. In addition, there is significant competition in business services including 
significantly larger and better capitalized competitors with greater geographic reach. We may not be able to successfully 
compete with these competitors or be able to make the operational or financial investments necessary to successfully 
serve the targeted customer base. 

Our business is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we do not respond appropriately to technological 
changes, our competitive position may be harmed. 

We operate in a highly competitive, consumer-driven, rapidly changing environment and our success is, to a large extent, 
dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt and exploit new and existing technologies to distinguish our services 
from those of our competitors. We have invested in advanced technology platforms that support advanced 
communications services and multiple emerging interactive services, such as VOD, DVR, interactive television, VoIP 
and pure fiber network services. If we choose technologies or equipment that are less effective, cost-efficient or 
attractive to our customers than those chosen by our competitors, or if we offer services that fail to appeal to consumers, 
are not available at competitive prices or that do not function as expected, our competitive position could deteriorate, and 
our business and financial results could suffer. In addition, we may be required to select one technology over another and 
may not choose the technology that is the most economic, efficient or attractive to customers. We may also encounter 
difficulties in implementing new technologies, products and services and may encounter disruptions in service as a 
result. 

The ability of our competitors to acquire or develop and introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly 
than us may adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, advances in technology, decreases in the cost of 
existing technologies or changes in competitors’ product and service offerings also may require us to make additional 
future research and development expenditures or to offer at no additional charge, or at a lower price, certain products and 
services that we currently offer to customers separately or at a premium. In addition, the uncertainty of the costs for 
obtaining intellectual property rights from third parties could impact our ability to respond to technological advances in a 
timely manner. 

21 

Increases in programming and retransmission costs or the inability to obtain popular programming could adversely 
affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Programming has been and is expected to continue to be, our largest single operating expense. In recent years, the cable 
industry has experienced rapid increases in the cost of cable programming, retransmission consent charges for local 
commercial television broadcast stations and regional sports programming. We expect these trends to continue. As 
compared to large national providers, our relatively modest base of subscribers limits our ability to negotiate lower 
programming costs. In addition, as we increase the channel capacity of our systems and add programming to our 
expanded basic and digital programming tiers, we may face additional market constraints on our ability to pass 
programming cost increases on to our customers. Furthermore, content providers may be unwilling to enter into 
distribution arrangements on acceptable terms and owners of non-broadcast video programming content may enter into 
exclusive distribution arrangements with our competitors. Any inability to pass programming cost increases on to our 
customers would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and a failure to carry programming that is attractive 
to our subscribers could adversely impact subscription and advertising revenues. 

A decline in advertising revenues or changes in advertising markets could negatively impact our businesses. 

A decline in advertising revenues could negatively impact our results of operations. Declines can be caused by the 
economic prospects of specific advertisers or industries, by increased competition for the leisure time of audiences, by 
audience fragmentation, by the growing use of new technologies or by the economy in general, any of which may cause 
advertisers to alter their spending priorities based on these or other factors. Further, natural disasters, wars, acts of 
terrorism, or other significant adverse events could lead to a reduction in advertising revenues as a result of general 
economic uncertainty. 

Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs on us. 

Federal “must carry” rules require us to carry some local broadcast television signals on our broadband network that we 
might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” rules, for example by requiring carriage 
of multicast signals, we would be forced to carry video programming that we would not otherwise carry, potentially drop 
more popular programming in order to free capacity for the required programming, decrease our ability to manage our 
bandwidth efficiently and/or increase our costs, which could make us less competitive. As a result, cable operators, 
including us, could be placed at a disadvantage versus other multichannel video providers. Potential federal legislation 
regarding programming packaging, bundling or à la carte delivery of programming could fundamentally change the way 
in which we package and price our services. We cannot predict the outcome of any current or future FCC proceedings or 
legislation in this area, or the impact of such proceedings on our business at this time. 

Programming exclusivity in favor of our competitors could adversely affect the demand for our video services. 

We obtain our programming by entering into contracts or arrangements with programming suppliers. Federal rules 
restrict cable operators and other multichannel video programming distributors from entering into certain exclusive 
programming arrangements. A programming supplier, however, could enter into some types of exclusive arrangements 
with certain of our video competitors, consistent with these rules, that could create a competitive advantage for that 
competitor by restricting our access to this programming. If our ability to offer popular programming on our cable 
television systems is restricted by exclusive arrangements between our competitors and programming suppliers, the 
demand for our video services may be adversely affected and our cost to obtain programming may increase. 

22 

We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware, software and operational support 
necessary to provide our services. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through 
contract or as a result of intellectual property rights, a position of some exclusivity. If demand exceeds these vendors’ 
capacity, they experience operating or financial difficulties, they significantly increase the amount we pay for necessary 
products or services, or they cease production of any necessary product due to lack of demand, our ability to provide 
some services may be materially adversely affected. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our ability 
to retain and attract subscribers, and have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial condition or 
results of operations. 

Loss of interconnection arrangements could impair our telephone service. 

We rely on other companies to connect the calls made by our local telephone customers to the customers of other local 
telephone providers. These calls are completed because our network is interconnected with the networks of other 
telecommunications carriers. These interconnection arrangements are mandated by the Communications Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Communications Act”), and the FCC’s implementing regulations. It is generally expected that the 
Communications Act will continue to undergo considerable interpretation and modification, including the FCC’s 
potential forbearance from continuing to enforce carriers’ statutory and regulatory interconnection obligations, which 
could have a negative impact on our interconnection agreements. It is also possible that further amendments to the 
Communications Act may be enacted, which could have a negative impact on our interconnection agreements. The 
contractual arrangements for interconnection generally contain provisions for incorporation of changes in governing law. 
Thus, future FCC, state PSC and/or court decisions may negatively impact the rates, terms and conditions of the 
interconnection services that we have obtained and may seek to obtain under these agreements, which could adversely 
affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. Our ability to compete successfully in the 
provision of services will depend on the nature and timing of any such legislative changes, regulations and 
interpretations and whether they are favorable to us or to our competitors. 

We receive support from various funds established under federal and state law and the continued receipt of that 
support is not assured. 

We receive payments from various federal or state universal service support programs. These include interstate common 
line support and support from the Lifeline and Schools and Libraries programs within the Federal USF program, as well 
as similar state universal support programs. The total cost of all of the various USF programs has increased greatly in 
recent years, putting pressure on regulators to reform those programs, and to limit both eligibility and support flows. In 
addition, we receive traffic termination payments from other carriers based upon rates established by various regulatory 
bodies. These rates may be subject to meaningful reductions due to ongoing rate reform efforts being led by the FCC. 
Our ability to receive state support program funds is also subject to the determination of certain PSCs. Adverse decisions 
by those PSCs may reduce our ability to access those funds. 

In November 2011, the FCC adopted an order reforming core parts of the USF and that also broadly recast the existing 
intercarrier compensation (“ICC”) scheme. The order, which became effective December 29, 2011, established the 
Connect America Fund (“CAF”) to replace support revenues provided by the current USF and redirected support from 
voice services to broadband services. The order also broadly altered the manner in which affected companies will have 
to operate their businesses. 

In March 2016, the FCC released its Report and Order (“Order”) regarding universal service support program reform for 
rate-of-return incumbent local exchange carriers. The Order focused on broadband, including stand-alone broadband, 
and sought to direct federal support to areas lacking broadband. It also reformed legacy support mechanisms to ensure 
that carriers have the incentives and support to continue investing in robust broadband networks. Rate-of-return 
incumbent local exchange carriers can choose from two paths for USF support: 1) a model-based option (A-CAM); and 
2) a broadband loop support mechanism that will provide support for stand-alone broadband and replace interstate 
common line support (legacy support). In November 2016, the FCC released a Public Notice announcing that 
216 rate-of-return 

23 

companies elected the A-CAM Cost Model, which exceeded the available A-CAM budget by more than $160 million 
annually. To contend with the oversubscription, the FCC intends to take “other measures that may be necessary” in order 
to prioritize among electing carriers or modify A-CAM parameters. While our affected subsidiaries did not choose the 
A-CAM option, we cannot anticipate what changes may come to the A-CAM model and if those changes might impact 
those carriers like us that have chosen the legacy support path. 

Our exposure to the credit risks of our customers, vendors and third parties could adversely affect our operations, 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are exposed to risks associated with a potential general economic downturn and how such a development could 
impact our customers. Dramatic declines in the housing market, including falling home prices and increasing 
foreclosures, could affect consumer confidence and could cause increased delinquencies in payment or cancellations of 
services by our customers, or lead to unfavorable changes in the mix of products our customers purchase. A general 
economic downturn also may affect advertising sales as companies seek to reduce expenditures and conserve cash. Any 
of these events may adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

In addition, we are susceptible to risks associated with the potential financial instability of the vendors and third parties 
on which we rely to provide products and services, or to which we delegate certain functions. A general economic 
downturn, as well as volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, also could adversely affect vendors and 
third parties and lead to significant increases in prices, reduction in output or the bankruptcy of our vendors or third 
parties upon which we rely. Any interruption in the services provided by our vendors or by third parties could adversely 
affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Historically, we have made several acquisitions, and we may make more acquisitions in the future as part of our 
growth strategy. Future acquisitions or joint ventures could strain our business and resources. In addition, we may 
not be able to identify suitable acquisitions. 

If we acquire existing companies or networks or enter into joint ventures, we may: 

•  miscalculate the value of the acquired company or joint venture; 
• 
• 
• 

divert resources and management time; 
experience difficulties in integrating the acquired business or joint venture with our operations; 
experience relationship issues, such as with customers, employees and suppliers as a result of changes in 
management; 
incur additional liabilities or obligations as a result of the acquisition or joint venture; and 
assume additional financial burdens in connection with the transaction. 

• 
• 

Additionally, ongoing consolidation in our industry may reduce the number of attractive acquisition targets. Our failure 
to successfully identify and consummate acquisitions or to manage and integrate the acquisitions we make could 
adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

We could be negatively impacted by future interpretation or implementation of regulations or legislation. 

Our video and telephony services are subject to extensive regulation at the federal, state and local levels. In addition, the 
federal government has extended some regulation to high-speed data services. We are also subject to regulation of our 
video services relating to rates, equipment, technologies, programming, levels and types of services, taxes and other 
charges. The current telecommunications and cable legislation and regulations are complex and in many areas set forth 
policy objectives to be implemented by regulation at the federal, state and local levels. It is generally expected that the 
Communications Act and implementing regulations and decisions, as well as applicable state laws and regulations, will 
continue to undergo considerable interpretation and modification. From time to time, federal legislation, FCC and PSC 
decisions, and court decisions interpreting legislation, FCC or PSC decisions, are made that can affect our business. We 
cannot predict the timing or the future financial impact of legislation or administrative decisions. Our ability to compete 
successfully will depend on the nature and timing of any such legislative changes, regulations or interpretations, and 
whether they are favorable to us or to our competitors. 

24 

Compliance with, and changes to, environmental, safety and health laws and regulations could result in significant 
costs or adversely affect us. 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local environmental safety and health laws and regulations, including 
those governing such matters as the generation, storage, reporting, treating, handling, remediation, use, transportation 
and disposal of, and exposure to hazardous materials, the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the 
atmosphere, the emission of electromagnetic radiation, the protection of wetlands, historic sites, and threatened and 
endangered species. Noncompliance with such laws and regulations can result in, among other things, imposition of civil 
or criminal penalties or fines, suspension or cessation of our operations. Such laws and regulations are becoming 
increasingly more stringent and there can be no assurances that we will not incur significant costs to comply with, or 
liabilities under, such laws and regulations. Some of our sites have battery and diesel fuel powered backup generators or 
sources, or may have potential contamination risks from historical or surrounding activities. Under certain environmental 
laws and regulations, we may be liable for the costs of remediating contamination, regardless of fault, and these costs 
could be significant. 

“Net neutrality” legislation or regulation could limit our ability to operate our high-speed data service business 
profitably and manage our broadband facilities efficiently. 

In January 2018, the FCC released a decision rescinding various “net neutrality” requirements governing how broadband 
Internet access providers were permitted to offer broadband service. As a result, under the current approach, broadband 
Internet access providers must publicly disclose detailed information regarding their service offerings, Internet traffic 
management processes, and other practices affecting broadband customers, but are not otherwise limited by federal law 
in their ability to block, throttle, or prioritize specific types of Internet traffic. The FCC also held that states are 
preempted (prohibited) from enacting their own versions of these or similar requirements. On October 1, 2019, a federal 
appeals court upheld most of the FCC’s decision, but it reversed the FCC’s blanket preemption of state rules, holding 
that such state laws could only be prohibited on a case-by-case basis, and only when they conflict with state or federal 
policy.  The court also directed the FCC to further consider certain other issues.  A number of advocacy groups and 
states have petitioned the court for rehearing.  We cannot predict how the court or the FCC will respond to these 
developments. In the meantime, several states have adopted, or are considering, net neutrality requirements of their own. 
Some of these are currently subject to legal challenge by broadband providers and/or the United States government in 
federal district court. We cannot predict with any certainty the likely timing or outcome of these or future challenges, or 
how state efforts to adopt net neutrality requirements will continue to evolve. 

Regulation may limit our ability to make required investments or adopt business models that are needed to continue 
to provide robust high-speed data service. 

The rising popularity of bandwidth-intensive Internet-based services increases the demand for, and usage of, our 
high-speed data service. Examples of such services include the delivery of content via streaming technology and by 
download, peer-to-peer file sharing services and gaming services. We need flexibility to develop pricing and business 
models that will allow us to respond to changing consumer uses and demands and, if necessary, to invest more capital 
than currently expected to increase the bandwidth capacity of our systems. Our ability to do so could be restricted by 
legislative or regulatory efforts associated with “net neutrality” requirements. 

Offering telephony service may subject us to additional regulatory burdens, causing us to incur additional costs. 

We offer telephony services over our broadband network and continue to develop and deploy VoIP services. The FCC 
has ruled that competitive telephone companies that support VoIP services, such as those we offer our customers, are 
entitled to interconnect with incumbent providers of traditional telecommunications services, which ensure that our VoIP 
services can compete in the telephony market. The FCC has also declared that certain VoIP services are not subject to 
traditional state public utility regulation. The full extent of the FCC preemption of state and local regulation of VoIP 
services is not yet clear. Expanding our offering of these services may require us to obtain certain additional 
authorizations. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a timely manner, or conditions could be imposed 
upon such licenses or authorizations that may not be favorable to us. Telecommunications companies generally are 
subject to other significant regulation which could also be extended to VoIP providers. If additional telecommunications 
regulations are applied to 

25 

our VoIP service, it could cause us to incur additional costs. The FCC has already extended certain traditional 
telecommunications carrier requirements, such as 911 emergency calling, USF collection, the Communications 
Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, privacy, customer proprietary network information, number porting, disability and 
discontinuance of service requirements to many VoIP providers such as us. 

Rate regulation could materially adversely impact our operations, business, financial results or financial condition. 

Under current FCC rules, rates for basic service tier (“BST”) video service and associated equipment may be regulated 
where there is no effective competition. Under current FCC rules, cable operators are presumed to be subject to effective 
competition. In all of the communities we serve, we are not subject to BST video rate regulation, either because the local 
franchising authority has not asked the FCC for permission to regulate rates due to the lack of effective competition or 
because of the presumed presence of effective competition. Except for telephony services provided by our operating 
companies that are ILECs (which are subject to certain rate regulations), there is currently no rate regulation for our 
other services, including high-speed data and non-ILEC telephony services. It is possible, however, that the FCC or 
Congress will adopt more extensive rate regulation for our video services or regulate the rates of other services, such as 
high-speed data, business data (or special access) services and telephony services, which could impede our ability to 
raise rates, or require rate reductions, and therefore could adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or 
results of operations. 

We operate our network under franchises that are subject to non-renewal or termination. 

Our network generally operates pursuant to franchises, permits or licenses typically granted by a municipality or state 
agency with the authority to grant franchises. Additionally, other state or local governmental entities may exercise 
control over the use of public rights-of-way. Often, franchises are terminable if the franchisee fails to comply with 
material terms of the franchise agreement or the local franchise authority’s regulations. Although none of our existing 
franchise or license agreements have been terminated, and we have received no threat of such a termination, one or more 
local authorities may attempt to take such action. We may not prevail in any judicial or regulatory proceeding to resolve 
such a dispute. 

Further, franchises generally have fixed terms and must be renewed periodically. Our franchises are typically issued for 
10 to 15 year initial terms, but the terms vary depending upon whether we are operating under a local or state franchise. 
Many of our existing franchise terms will expire over the course of the next several years, and we operate under a small 
number of expired franchises.  Local franchising authorities may resist granting a renewal if they consider either past 
performance or the prospective operating proposal to be inadequate. In a number of jurisdictions, local authorities have 
attempted to impose rights-of-way fees on providers that have been challenged as violating federal law. A number of 
FCC and judicial decisions have addressed the issues posed by the imposition of rights-of-way fees on CLECs and on 
video distributors. Most recently, on August 1, 2019, the FCC adopted an order concluding, among other things, that its 
franchising rules and findings fully apply to state-level franchising actions and regulations, and limiting the ability of 
franchising authorities to impose franchise fees and to regulate non-cable services.  A number of local franchising 
authorities have challenged that decision in a federal appeals court and have asked that the FCC’s rulings be stayed 
pending appeal. We cannot predict the outcome of that appeal, or how the FCC’s rulings will impact our business. 

The local franchising authorities can grant franchises to competitors who may build networks in our market areas. 
Recent FCC decisions facilitate competitive video entry by limiting the actions that local franchising authorities may 
take when reviewing applications by new competitors and lessen some of the burdens that can be imposed upon 
incumbent cable operators with which we ourselves compete. Local franchise authorities have the ability to impose 
regulatory constraints or requirements on our business, including those that could materially increase our expenses. In 
the past, local franchise authorities have imposed regulatory constraints on the construction of our network either by 
local ordinance or as part of the process of granting or renewing a franchise. They have also imposed requirements on 
the level of customer service that we provide, as well as other requirements. The local franchise authorities in our 
markets may also impose regulatory constraints or requirements that may be found to be consistent with applicable law, 
but which could increase the cost of operating our business. 

26 

Our business may be adversely affected by the application of certain regulatory obligations governing the intellectual 
property rights of third parties or if we cannot continue to license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which 
our business depends. 

We rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and licenses that are proprietary to our business, as well as 
our key vendors, along with other agreements with our employees, customers, suppliers and other parties, to establish 
and maintain our intellectual property rights in technology and the products and services used in our operations. 
However, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged or invalidated, or such intellectual property rights 
may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current industry trends or otherwise to provide competitive 
advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product or service offerings or other 
competitive harm. Claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties under applicable agreements, laws and 
regulations (including the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998) could require us to enter into royalty or licensing 
agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from 
further use of the intellectual property in question, which could require us to change our business practices or offerings 
and limit our ability to compete effectively. Even claims without merit can be time-consuming and costly to defend and 
may divert management’s attention and resources away from our business. Also, because of the rapid pace of 
technological change, we rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain 
or continue to obtain licenses from these third parties on reasonable terms, if at all. 

If our trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets 
and our business may be adversely affected. 

We do not own, either legally or beneficially, any trademarks, service marks or trade names in connection with the 
operation of our business. We cannot assure you that we can obtain all necessary trademarks to adequately protect our 
intellectual property. It is possible that a third party could bring suit against us claiming infringement of registered 
trademarks, and if it did so and if there were a court determination against us, we might then be obligated to pay 
monetary damages, enter into a license agreement, or cease use of any such marks, all of which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

We may encounter substantially increased pole attachment costs. 

Under federal law, we have the right to attach cables carrying video and other services to telephone and similar poles of 
privately-owned utilities at regulated rates. However, because these cables may carry services other than video services, 
such as high-speed data services or new forms of telephony services, some utility pole owners have sought to impose 
additional fees for pole attachment. If these rates were to increase significantly or unexpectedly, it would cause our 
network to be more expensive to operate. It could also place us at a competitive disadvantage with respect to video and 
telecommunications service providers who do not require or who are less dependent upon pole attachments, such as 
satellite providers and wireless telephony service providers. 

In April 2011, the FCC enacted revised pole attachment rules to improve the efficiency and reduce the costs of 
deploying telecommunications, cable and broadband networks in order to accelerate broadband deployment. The 
formula for calculating the telecommunications attachment rate was revised, lowering the rate and bringing it in-line to 
the video rate. Many utilities seek to impose the telecommunications rate on us when they carry our services, other than 
video services, over their attachments. In November 2015, the FCC released another order taking further steps to balance 
the rates paid by cable operators and telecommunications carriers. Part of the order addressed some industry members’ 
concerns that pole attachment rates might increase sharply now that the FCC has reclassified broadband service as a 
telecommunications service as discussed further above. Moreover, the appropriate method for calculating pole 
attachment rates for cable operators that provide VoIP services remains unclear, and an August 2009 petition from a 
coalition of electric utility companies asking the FCC to declare that the pole attachment rate for cable companies’ 
digital telephone service should be assessed at the telecommunications service rate is still pending. 

27 

Some states in which we operate have assumed jurisdiction over the regulation of pole attachment rates, and so the 
federal regulations and the protections provided in those regulations may not apply in those states. In addition, some of 
the poles we use are exempt from federal regulation because they are owned by utility cooperatives and/or municipal 
entities or are otherwise exempt from the pole attachment regulations. 

Subject to applicable pole attachment access and rate regulations, the entities that own the poles that we attach to and 
conduits that we access may not renew our existing agreements when they expire, and they may require us to pay 
substantially increased fees. Some of these pole and conduit owners have recently imposed or are currently seeking to 
impose substantial rate increases. Any increase in our pole attachment or conduit access rates or inability to secure 
continued pole attachment and access agreements on commercially reasonable terms could adversely affect our 
operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Our business is subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection. 
Existing laws and regulations are evolving and subject to uncertain interpretation, and new laws and regulations 
affecting our business have been proposed. These laws and regulations could result in legal claims, changes to our 
business practices, increased cost of operations, or could otherwise impact our business. 

As a provider of high-speed data, video and telephony services, we are subject to an array of privacy-related laws and 
regulations that are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. In the course of providing service, we 
collect certain information about our subscribers and their use of our services. Our collection and use of personally 
identifiable information about our subscribers is subject to a variety of federal and state privacy requirements, including 
those imposed specifically on cable operators by Section 631 of the Communications Act. That section generally 
restricts the nonconsensual collection and disclosure to third parties of cable customers’ personally identifiable 
information by cable operators, subject to certain specified exceptions. Several states and numerous local jurisdictions 
have enacted privacy laws or franchise privacy provisions that apply to cable services. 

Section 222 of the Communications Act also governs our use of customer proprietary network information related to our 
telecommunications services. In addition, FCC regulations apply to our use, disclosure, and protection of CPNI 
associated with our telecommunications and VoIP telephone service. In the Internet Freedom Order, the FCC returned 
jurisdiction to regulate broadband privacy and data security to the Federal Trade Commission. As we continue to provide 
interactive and other advanced services, additional privacy considerations may arise. Privacy continues to be a major 
focus of Congress, the Federal Trade Commission, the FCC, the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the states. 
Additional laws, regulations, or advisory guidelines could affect our ability to use and share customer information under 
various additional circumstances. 

We are also subject to state and federal regulations and laws regarding information security. Most of these regulations 
and laws apply to customer information that could be used to commit identity theft. Nearly all U.S. states and the District 
of Columbia have enacted security breach notification laws. These laws generally require that we give notice to 
customers whose personal account information has been disclosed because of a security breach. The Communications 
Act and FCC rules also impose breach notification and information security requirements, which may require that we 
give notice to customers of breaches in some circumstances where notice would not be required by state law. Our efforts 
to protect customer information may be unsuccessful due to the actions of third parties, technical malfunctions, 
employee error, employee malfeasance or other factors. If any of these events occur, our customers’ information could 
be used, accessed or disclosed improperly. 

Claims resulting from actual or purported violations of these or other federal or state privacy laws could impact our 
business. For example, litigation related to our now-discontinued use of the NebuAd online advertising service was filed 
in federal court. Although that litigation was dismissed, adverse rulings in privacy-related litigation or regulatory 
proceedings could cause us to incur significant expense and liability or result in orders or consent decrees forcing us to 
modify our business practices. Moreover, any actual or purported incidents involving unauthorized access to or improper 
use of the information of our customers could damage our reputation and our brand and diminish our 
competitive position. 

28 

A phase-out of the compulsory copyright license for broadcast programming could adversely affect our ability to 
carry the programming transmitted by broadcast stations or could increase our programming costs. 

In exchange for filing reports and contributing a percentage of revenue to a federal copyright royalty pool, we obtain a 
compulsory copyright license allowing us to retransmit copyrighted material contained in broadcast television signals. 
The U.S. Copyright Office, the U.S. Government Accountability Office and the FCC all issued reports to Congress in 
2011 that generally supported an eventual phase-out of the compulsory licenses. Such a change, if made, could adversely 
affect the ability of our cable television systems to obtain programming carried by broadcast television stations, and 
could increase the cost of such programming. 

Regulation of the set-top box market could materially and adversely impact our operations and impose additional 
costs on us. 

The FCC has adopted regulations to permit consumers to connect televisions and other consumer electronics equipment 
through a separate security device directly to digital cable television systems to enable receipt of one-way digital 
programming without requiring a set-top box. Additional FCC regulations promote the manufacture of plug-and-play TV 
sets and other equipment that can connect directly to a cable system through these separate security devices. Cable 
operators must provide a credit to customers who use this plug-and-play equipment and allow them to self-install 
independent security devices rather than having to arrange for professional installation. Although we generally require 
less up-front capital when our customers buy and self-install their own set-top box, these proposals could impose 
substantial costs on us and impair our ability to innovate. 

Since our business is concentrated in specific geographic locations, our business could be adversely impacted by a 
depressed economy and natural disasters in these areas. 

We provide our services to areas in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, Michigan, Ohio, South 
Carolina and Tennessee, which are in the Southeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States. A stagnant or 
depressed economy in the United States, and in the Southeastern or Midwestern United States in particular, could affect 
all of our markets and could adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our communications services. Our network is 
attached to poles and other structures in many of our service areas, and our ability to provide service depends on the 
availability of electric power. A tornado, hurricane, flood, mudslide, earthquake or other natural catastrophe in one of 
these areas could damage our network, interrupt our service and harm our business in the affected area, as experienced in 
our Panama City, FL market in 2018. In addition, many of our markets are close together, and a single natural 
catastrophe could damage our network in more than one market. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, 
systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, “cyber-attacks,” misappropriation of data or other 
malfeasance, as well as outages, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Because network and information systems and other technologies are critical to our operating activities, network or 
information system shutdowns caused by events such as computer hacking, dissemination of computer viruses, worms 
and other destructive or disruptive software, “cyber-attacks,” denial of service attacks and other malicious activity pose 
increasing risks. Our network and information systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power 
outages, terrorist attacks and other similar events which could have an adverse impact on us and our customers, 
including degradation of service, service disruption, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our network, 
equipment, data and reputation. The occurrence of such an event also could result in large expenditures necessary to 
repair or replace such networks or information systems or to protect them from similar events in the future. Significant 
incidents could result in a disruption of our operations, customer dissatisfaction or a loss of customers or revenues. 

29 

Furthermore, our operating activities could be subject to risks caused by misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification 
and accidental release or loss of information maintained in our information technology systems and networks, including 
customer, personnel and vendor data. We could be exposed to significant costs if such risks were to materialize, and 
such events could damage the reputation and credibility of our business and have a negative impact on our revenue. We 
also could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to remedy any such security breach. As a result 
of the increasing awareness concerning the importance of safeguarding personal information, the potential misuse of 
such information and legislation that has been adopted or is being considered regarding the protection, privacy and 
security of personal information, information-related risks are increasing, particularly for businesses like ours that handle 
a large amount of personal customer data. 

We depend on the services of key personnel to implement our strategy. Changes in key personnel or loss of services of 
key personnel may affect our ability to implement our strategy or otherwise adversely affect our operations. 

The loss of members of our key management and certain other members of our operating personnel could adversely 
affect our business. Our ability to manage our anticipated growth depends on our ability to identify, hire and retain 
additional qualified management personnel. While we are able to offer competitive compensation to prospective 
employees, we may still be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining personnel. 

In addition, we regularly evaluate our senior management capabilities in light of, among other things, our business 
strategy, and changes to our capital structure in connection with the acquisition, developments in our industry and 
markets and our ongoing financial performance. Accordingly, we may consider, where appropriate, supplementing, 
changing or otherwise enhancing our senior management team and operational and financial management capabilities in 
order to maximize our performance. We have experienced significant executive transitions in recent years, and our 
organizational structure and senior management team may undergo additional changes in the future. Changes to our 
senior management team could result in a material business interruption and material costs, including severance or other 
termination payments. Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to successfully operate the combined company, 
implement our strategy, and could adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

We are or from time to time may become subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings, which could materially and 
adversely affect us. 

We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. We are also a subject to regulatory proceedings 
affecting the segments of the communications industry generally in which we engage in business. We cannot be certain 
of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may 
result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments, or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments, 
and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact us. In the event of intellectual property litigation, our 
ability to license certain technologies or offer certain services could also have significant adverse effects on our 
operations.  

Applicable laws and regulations pertaining to our industry are subject to change. 

The exact requirements of applicable law are not always clear, and the rules affecting our businesses are always subject 
to change. For example, the FCC may interpret its rules and regulations in enforcement proceedings in a manner that is 
inconsistent with the judgments we have made. Likewise, regulators and legislators at all levels of government may 
sometimes change existing rules or establish new rules. Congress, for example, considers new legislative requirements 
for cable operators virtually every year, and there is always a risk that such proposals (if unfavorable to us) will 
ultimately be enacted. In addition, federal, state or local governments and/or tax authorities may change tax laws, 
regulations or administrative practices that could adversely affect our operations, business, financial condition or results 
of operations. 

30 

Tax matters, including the changes in corporate tax rates, disagreements with taxing authorities and imposition of 
new taxes could impact our results of operations and financial condition. 

We are subject to income and other taxes in the U.S. and our operations, plans and results are affected by tax and other 
initiatives. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1) (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law by the 
President. The Tax Act contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate 
from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of 
earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses generated subsequent 
to December 31, 2017 to 80% of current year taxable income, elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, immediate 
deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or 
repealing many business deductions and credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the 
overall impact of the new federal tax law is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely 
affected. It is also unknown if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax law. 

We also need to comply with new, evolving or revised tax laws and regulations. The enactment of, or increases in tariffs, 
or other changes in the application or interpretation of the Tax Act, or on specific products that we sell or with which our 
products compete, may have an adverse effect on our business or on our results of operations. 

Tax legislation and administrative initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

We operate broadband networks in locations throughout the United States and, as a result, we are subject to the tax laws 
and regulations of federal, state and local governments. From time to time, various legislative and/or administrative 
initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect our tax positions. There can be no assurance that our effective tax 
rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives. As a result of state and local budget shortfalls, 
certain states and localities have imposed or are considering imposing new or additional taxes or fees on our services or 
changing the methodologies or base on which certain fees and taxes are computed. Such potential changes include 
additional taxes or fees on our services which could impact our customers, and combined reporting and other changes to 
general business taxes, central/unit-level assessment of property taxes and other matters, which could increase our 
income, franchise, sales, use and/or property tax liabilities. In addition, federal, state and local tax laws and regulations 
are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. There can be no assurance that our tax positions will not 
be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any such challenge. In addition, we have 
significant NOL carryforwards that are available to offset future operating results, but the availability and value of the 
NOLs may be impacted by future changes in federal or state law. 

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had NOL carryforwards, for federal income tax purposes, of approximately 
$850.0 million, which may be available to offset federal income tax liabilities in the future. In general, under Section 382 
(“Section 382”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” 
is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its existing federal and state net operating losses and capital losses. As a 
result of the IPO (effective May 25, 2017), the Company experienced an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382; 
resulting in limitations on the Company’s use of its existing federal and state net operating losses and capital losses.. 
Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an additional ownership 
change under Section 382. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire 
in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the 
use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future 
income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. The generation of NOLs subsequent to December 31, 2017 are 
subject to the Tax Cut and Jobs Act, which removes NOL expirations, but limits utilization against taxable income to 
80%. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we continue to remain 
profitable. 

31 

The FCC and local franchising authorities exercise authority over cable television systems and the FCC and state 
PSCs exercise authority over telecommunications and VoIP services. 

The FCC has promulgated regulations covering many aspects of cable television operations. Failure to comply with 
those regulations could lead the FCC to impose on us monetary fines, cease-and-desist orders and/or other administrative 
sanctions. The cable franchises that our systems operate under, which are issued by states, cities, counties or other 
political subdivisions, may contain similar enforcement mechanisms in the event of any failure to comply with the terms 
of those franchises. 

The FCC also has promulgated regulations covering the interstate aspects and the regulated telecommunications earnings 
and VoIP services of our ILEC and CLEC operations. Our local and intrastate products and services and the regulated 
earnings are subject to regulation by state PSCs. Failure to comply with these regulations could lead the FCC to impose 
on us monetary fines, cease-and-desist orders and/or other administrative sanctions. 

These fines, cease-and-desist order and/or other administrative sanctions may adversely affect our operations, business, 
financial condition or results of operations. 

We have substantial indebtedness, which will increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry 
conditions and may limit our ability to pursue strategic alternatives and react to changes in our business and 
industry. 

We have incurred substantial indebtedness. This amount of indebtedness may: 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

subject us to sensitivity to increases in prevailing interest rates; 
place us at a disadvantage to competitors with relatively less debt in economic downturns, adverse industry 
conditions or catastrophic external events; 
limit our flexibility as a result of our debt service requirements or financial and operational covenants; 
limit our access to additional capital and our ability to make capital expenditures and other investments in 
our business; 
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and interest rate increases; 
result in an event of default if we fail to satisfy our obligations under the notes or our other debt or fail to 
comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in the indentures governing the notes or 
our other debt, which event of default could result in the notes and all of our debt becoming immediately 
due and payable and, in the case of our secured debt, could permit the lenders to foreclose on our assets 
securing such debt; 
limit our ability to pursue strategic alternatives, including merger or acquisition transactions; and 
limit our ability to plan for or react to changes in our business and industry. 

Our ability to comply with the financial and other covenants contained in our debt instruments may be affected by 
changes in economic or business conditions or other events beyond our control. If we do not comply with these 
covenants and restrictions, we may be required to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling 
assets, restructuring or refinancing all or part of our existing debt, or seeking additional equity capital. Failure to comply 
could also cause a default, which may result in our substantial indebtedness becoming immediately due and payable. If 
this were to occur, we would be unable to adequately finance our operations.  

In addition, our variable rate indebtedness can, at our option, use London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) as a 
benchmark for establishing the rate, or alternatively we may pivot to an alternate base rate. LIBOR is the subject of 
recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures 
may cause LIBOR to disappear entirely or to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these 
developments cannot be predicted, but could adversely affect the cost of our variable rate indebtedness, particularly if 
our alternative base rate were to materially increase. 

32 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to 
satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful. 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our anticipated debt obligations will depend on our financial 
condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to 
financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We might not be able to maintain a level 
of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our 
indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face 
substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose 
of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We 
may not be able to affect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if 
successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. We expect that the 
agreements governing our indebtedness will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those 
dispositions and will also restrict our ability to raise debt capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes 
due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any 
debt service obligations then due. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to 
refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our 
operations, business, financial condition or results of operations. 

We may not be able to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable 
terms. 

From time to time we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Our access 
to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, 
including our financial performance, our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating, the liquidity of the overall capital 
markets and the state of the economy. There can be no assurance that we will have access to the capital markets on terms 
acceptable to us. 

The anticipated benefits of acquisitions may not be realized fully and may take longer to realize than expected and we 
may experience integration and transition difficulties. 

In order to obtain all of the anticipated benefits of future acquisitions, management will be required to devote significant 
attention and resources to integrating the businesses and assets acquired. Delays in this process could adversely affect 
the combined company’s business, financial results and financial condition. Even if we are able to integrate our business 
operations successfully, there can be no assurance that the integration will result in the realization of the full benefits of 
synergies, cost savings, innovation and operational efficiencies that we expect to realize or that these benefits will be 
achieved within a reasonable period of time. 

There is a risk that integration difficulties may cause us not to realize expected benefits from acquisitions and may affect 
our results, including adversely impacting the carrying value of the acquisition premium or goodwill. The long-term 
success of the acquisitions will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings from 
combining the two businesses. 

In addition, it is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of ongoing 
businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies, which adversely affect our ability to 
maintain relationships with customers, providers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of acquisitions. 
Integration and transition efforts also may divert management attention and resources. 

We may also opportunistically pursue dispositions of certain assets and/or businesses, which may involve material 
amounts of assets or lines of business, and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

33 

We have experienced net losses and may generate net losses in the future. 

We experienced net losses in the past and may continue to report net losses in the future. In general, these prior net 
losses have principally resulted from interest expense related to our indebtedness, acquisitions and depreciation and 
amortization expenses associated with capital expenditures related to expanding and upgrading of our broadband 
network, as well as impairment charges to certain intangible assets. If we continue to report net losses in the future, these 
losses may limit our ability to attract needed financing, and to do so on favorable terms, as such losses may prevent some 
investors from investing in our securities. 

The accounting treatment of goodwill and other identified intangibles could result in future asset impairments, which 
would be recorded as operating losses. 

Authoritative guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board requires that goodwill, including the 
goodwill included in the carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, and other 
intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives, such as cable franchise operating rights be tested annually for 
impairment or upon the occurrence of a triggering event. If the carrying value of goodwill or a certain intangible asset 
exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. As a result of the 
2019 annual analysis of indefinite lived intangible assets, we identified two reporting units in which the carrying value 
exceeded the fair value and recognized an impairment charge of $9.7 million. Additionally, we identified one reporting 
unit in which the fair value was within 10% of the carrying value. If our goodwill or other intangible assets are 
determined to be further impaired in the future, we may be required to record a non-cash charge to earnings during the 
period in which the impairment is determined.  

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance. 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are 
beyond our control. In addition to the other risk factors described herein, these factors include: 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results; 
announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic 
partnership, joint venture or capital commitments; 
changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other companies in our industry; 
the addition or loss of significant customers; 
fluctuations in trading volumes of our common stock or size of public float; 
price and volume fluctuations in overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a 
whole; and 
lawsuits threatened or filed against us. 

The stock markets have experienced extreme fluctuations in price and trading volume that have caused and will likely 
continue to cause the stock prices of many telecommunications companies to fluctuate in a manner unrelated or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities 
class action litigation following periods of declining stock prices. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, 
we could face substantial costs and be forced to divert resources and the attention of management from our business, 
which could adversely affect our business. 

34 

A significant portion of our common stock will continue to be held by Crestview, whose interests may differ from 
yours. 

Crestview owns approximately 37% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Crestview may have interests that are 
different from or adverse to our other stockholders. For example, Crestview may support proposals and actions with 
which you may disagree or which are not in your interests or which adversely impact the value of our common stock. 
Crestview will be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions requiring stockholder approval, 
including the election of directors, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of 
significant corporate transactions and, through our Board of Directors, the ability to control decision-making with 
respect to our business direction and policies. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of 
control in us or changes in management and could also make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible 
without the support of these stockholders, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock. 

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Crestview and its affiliates will not have any obligation to 
present to us, and they may separately pursue, corporate opportunities of which they become aware, even if those 
opportunities are ones that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity. 

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress 
our stock price. 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, 
could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of 
additional shares. We have approximately 84.1 million shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019. 
Of these shares, all common stock sold in our initial public offering, except for any shares held by our affiliates, are 
eligible for sale in the public. 

All of our shares of common stock currently outstanding may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 
subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. Further, holders of 
approximately 37% of our outstanding common stock have demand and/or piggyback registration rights to require us to 
register our common stock with the SEC. If we register these shares, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares 
freely in the public market. In addition, we filed a registration statement registering under the Securities Act the common 
stock reserved for issuance in respect of incentive awards to our directors, officers and employees. If any of these 
holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our 
common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise capital in the future. 

Stockholders may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive 
plans, acquisitions or otherwise. 

We have approximately 608 million shares of common stock authorized but unissued under our amended and restated 
certificate of incorporation. We will be authorized to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants 
and appreciation rights relating to common stock for consideration and on terms and conditions established by our Board 
of Directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Any common stock that we 
issue, including under our equity incentive plans, would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors. 

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of 
our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our 
then-outstanding shares of common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or 
acquisitions may result in additional dilution. 

35 

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future. 

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. 
Consequently, investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never 
occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not 
purchase our common stock. 

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly-traded company. 

As a public company, we are now subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 
“Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and 
Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Being subject to these rules and 
regulations results in legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, makes some activities more difficult, 
time-consuming and costly and can also place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not Applicable. 

Item 2.  Properties 

We lease our executive corporate offices in Englewood, Colorado. All of our other real or personal property is owned or 
leased by our subsidiaries. 

Our subsidiaries own or lease the fixed assets necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, including office 
space, headend facilities, cable television and telecommunications distribution equipment, telecommunications switches 
and customer premise equipment and other property necessary for our subsidiaries’ operations. The physical components 
of our broadband networks require maintenance and periodic upgrades to support the new services and products we 
introduce. Our management believes that our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our business operations for 
the foreseeable future. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

In June and July of 2018, putative class action complaints were filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York and 
Colorado State Court against WOW and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors, as well as 
Crestview, Avista and each of the underwriter banks involved with the Company’s IPO. The complaints allege violations 
of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the IPO.  The plaintiffs seek to represent 
a class of stockholders who purchased stock pursuant to or traceable to the IPO. The complaint seeks unspecified 
monetary damages and other relief. The Company believes the complaint and allegations to be without merit and intends 
to vigorously defend itself against these actions. The Colorado actions have been stayed while the New York cases have 
been consolidated with the court staying discovery until after a determination has been made with respect to the 
Company’s Motion to Dismiss for which a hearing was held by the court on July 10, 2019. A decision by the court on 
the Motion to Dismiss is not expected for at least several months. The Company is unable at this time to determine 
whether the outcome of the litigation would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows. 

On March 7, 2018, Sprint Communications Company L.P (“Sprint”) filed complaints in the U.S. District Court for the 
District of Delaware alleging that the Company (and other industry participants) infringe patents purportedly relating to 
Sprint’s Voice over Internet Protocol services. The lawsuit is part of a pattern of litigation that was initiated as far back 
as 2007 by Sprint against numerous broadband and telecommunications providers. The Company has multiple legal and 
contractual defenses and will vigorously defend against the claims. The Company is unable at this time to determine 
whether the outcome of the litigation would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows. 

36 

The Company is party to various legal proceedings (including individual, class and putative class actions) arising in the 
normal course of its business covering a wide range of matters and types of claims including, but not limited to, general 
contracts, billing disputes, rights of access, programming, taxes, fees and surcharges, consumer protection, trademark 
and patent infringement, employment, regulatory, tort, claims of competitors and disputes with other carriers. In 
addition, in the normal course of business, we are subject to various other legal and regulatory claims and proceedings 
directed at or involving us, which in our opinion will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or 
results of operations or liquidity. 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company accrues an expense for pending litigation when it determines that an 
unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal defense costs are 
expensed as incurred. None of the Company’s existing accruals for pending matters is material. The Company 
consistently monitors its pending litigation for the purpose of adjusting its accruals and revising its disclosures 
accordingly, in accordance with GAAP, when required. However, litigation is subject to uncertainty, and the outcome of 
any particular matter is not predictable. The Company will vigorously defend its interest for pending litigation, and as of 
this date, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters, after considering insurance coverage or 
other indemnities to which it is entitled, will not have a material adverse effect on its unaudited consolidated financial 
position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “WOW” since May 25, 
2017. Prior to that date, there was no public trading for our common stock. Our IPO was priced at $17.00 per share on 
May 25, 2017.  

Holders of our Common Stock 

As of December 31, 2019, there were 46 holders of record of WOW’s common stock. A substantially greater number of 
holders are beneficial owners whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other nominees. The transfer agent 
and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust. 

Dividend Policy 

No dividends have been declared or paid on our shares of common stock. We currently intend to retain all available 
funds and any future earnings for use in operations of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash 
dividend in the foreseeable future. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The information required by Item 5(d) is incorporated by reference in our proxy statement to be filed with respect to the 
2020 annual meeting of stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”). For information regarding securities issued under our 
equity compensation plans, see Note 14 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements contained in “Part II. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. 

Performance Graph 

The graph below shows the cumulative total return on WOW’s common stock for the period of May 26, 2017 through 
December 31, 2019, in comparison to the cumulative total return on Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and a peer group 
consisting of the national cable operators that are most comparable to us in terms of size and nature of operations. The 
Company’s 2019 peer group consists of Comcast, Charter, Cable One, Inc. and Altice USA, Inc. The results shown 
assume that $100 was invested on May 26, 2017. These indices are included for comparative purposes only and do not 
reflect whether it is management’s opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of 
the stock involved, nor are they intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of WOW’s common stock. 

38 

COMPARISON  OF CUMULATIVE  TOTAL RETURN

WideOpenWest, Inc.

S&P 500 - Total Return

Peer Group

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0
5/26/2017

6/30/2017

9/30/2017

12/31/2017

3/31/2018

6/30/2018

9/30/2018

12/31/2018

3/31/2019

6/30/2019

9/30/2019

12/31/2019

ASSUMES  $100 INVESTED  ON MAY 26, 2017
ASSUMES  DIVIDEND  REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DEC.  31, 2019

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

During 2019, there were no unregistered sales of securities of the registrant. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer 

The following table presents WOW’s purchases of equity securities completed during the fourth quarter of 2019 (dollars 
in millions, except per share data). 

Period 
October 1 - 31, 2019 . . . . . . . . . .    
November 1 - 30, 2019 . . . . . . . .    
December 1 - 31, 2019 . . . . . . . .    

  Number of Shares   Average Price    Purchased as Part of Publicly 
      Purchased (1) 

    Paid per Share     Announced Plans or Programs     

Total Number of Shares 

  Approximate Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet be 
  Purchased Under the Plans 
or Programs 

 2,005   $ 
 833   $ 
 12,547   $ 

 6.35   
 6.13   
 6.55   

 —   $ 
 —   $ 
 —   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

(1)  Represents shares withheld from employees for the payment of taxes upon the vesting of restricted stock awards.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF WOW 

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data for WideOpenWest, Inc. and its subsidiaries 
(“WOW”) for the periods presented. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the statement of 
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 set forth below are derived from the audited 
consolidated financial statements of WOW included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The balance sheet 
data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 
2016 and 2015 are derived from the audited combined consolidated financial statements of WOW not included in this 
Annual Report. 

The selected financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report. WOW’s historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating 
results. 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2017 

2016(1) 

2018 

2015 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 1,145.8    $  1,153.8    $  1,188.1    $  1,237.0    $  1,217.1 
Costs and expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) . . . .       
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Depreciation and amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Impairment loss on intangibles and goodwill . . . . . . . . . . .       
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Management fee to related party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Other income (expense): 

 577.5     
 170.6     
 206.2     
 9.7     
 5.4     
 —     

 619.0     
 154.1     
 186.9     
 216.3     
 (0.9)    
 —     

 626.5     
 138.5     
 198.1     
 147.4     
 (94.1)    
 1.0     
 969.4      1,175.4      1,017.4     
 170.7     
 (21.6)    
 176.4     

 668.3     
 116.4     
 207.0     
 —     
 —     
 1.7     

 678.6 
 110.6 
 221.1 
 — 
 — 
 1.9 
 993.4      1,012.2 
 204.9 
 243.6     

Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (142.1)      (132.5)      (151.6)      (211.1)      (226.0)
Realized and unrealized gain on derivative instruments . .       
 5.6 
Gain on sale of Lawrence, Kansas system . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 — 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 (22.9)
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 (0.4)
Income (loss) before provision for income tax . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 (38.8)
 (9.9)
Income tax benefit (expense)(2)(3)(4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 (48.7)
Net income (loss)(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
 (0.76)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Dilutive earnings (loss) per common share(4)  . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
 (0.76)
Balance Sheet Data: 
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 2,471.6   $  2,419.6   $  2,539.4   $  2,868.6   $  2,782.5 
Total debt, including finance lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 2,290.4   $  2,295.5   $  2,251.2   $  2,871.2   $  2,882.2 
Total liabilities(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 2,717.5   $  2,701.4   $  2,676.0   $  3,544.6   $  3,550.7 
Other Financial Data: 
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  247.5   $ 

 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 —     
 1.7     
 3.6     
 37.9       (152.4)    
 65.1     
 (1.5)    
 (87.3)  $ 
 36.4   $ 
 (1.07)  $ 
 0.45   $ 
 (1.07)  $ 
 0.45   $ 

 —     
 38.4     
 (32.1)    
 1.6     
 27.0     
 158.3     
 185.3   $ 
 2.35   $ 
 2.35   $ 

 2.3     
 —     
 (38.0)    
 2.2     
 (1.0)    
 (28.5)    
 (29.5)  $ 
 (0.45)  $ 
 (0.45)  $ 

 314.1   $ 

 287.5   $ 

 301.3   $ 

 231.9 

(1)  Includes balance sheet data, financial results and operations data relating to NuLink for the period subsequent to our 

acquisition of substantially all of the operating assets of NuLink on September 9, 2016. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
    
       
       
       
       
   
 
    
    
       
       
       
       
   
    
    
    
    
       
   
    
    
    
    
       
   
 
(2)  On April 1, 2016, WOW Finance consummated a restructuring where it became wholly owned by WideOpenWest 
Kite, Inc. The restructuring is treated as a change in tax status since a single member LLC is required to record 
current and deferred income taxes on a separate return basis reflecting the results of its operations. The change in tax 
status related to the restructuring resulted in a net deferred tax expense of $23.4 million during the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2016. 

(3)  The 2017 income tax benefit is primarily attributed to the passing of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act, which was signed by 
the President on December 22, 2017. The Tax Cut and Jobs Act made significant changes to the tax laws applicable 
to the Company, including a reduction in the corporate tax rate to 21%. Re-measuring the ending balance of the 
Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2017 resulted in a $125.5 million 
deferred tax benefit. 

(4)  Prior period amounts have been revised for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 to reflect the 
correction of an immaterial error as described in this Annual Report. See Notes 1 and 21 to the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements contained in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for 
further discussion.  

Comparability of the above information from year to year is affected by acquisitions and dispositions completed by us, 
as well as the adoption of new accounting standards (ASC 606 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which was 
effective January 1, 2018, and ASC 842 – Leases, which was effective January 1, 2019). See Part II – Item 7 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a discussion regarding 
acquisitions and dispositions. 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following discussion is provided to assist in understanding our Company, operations and current business 
environment and should be considered a supplement to, and read in conjunction with, the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements and notes included within Part II – Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, as well as 
the discussion of our business and related risk factors in Part I – Item 1 Business and Part I – Item 1A Risk Factors, 
respectively.  

Overview  

We are a fully integrated provider of high-speed data (“HSD”), cable television (“Video”), and digital telephony 
(“Telephony”) services to residential customers and offer a full range of products and services to business customers. 
Our services are delivered across19 markets via our advanced HFC network. Our footprint covers certain suburban areas 
within the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, Michigan, Ohio, South Carolina and 
Tennessee. At December 31, 2019, our broadband networks passed 3.2 million homes and businesses and served 
823,400 customers. 

Our core strategy is to provide outstanding service at affordable prices. We execute this strategy by managing our 
operations to focus on the customer. We believe that the customer experience should be reliable, easy and pleasantly 
surprising, every time. To achieve this customer experience, we operate one of the most technically advanced and 
uniform networks in the industry with approximately 97% of our network at 750 MHz or greater capacity.  

Our advanced network offers HSD speeds up to 1 GIG (1000 Mbps) in approximately 95% of our footprint. Led by our 
robust HSD offering, our products are available either as a bundle or as an individual service to residential and business 
service customers. We continue to operate under an Internet-centric growth strategy. Based on our per subscriber 
economics, we believe that HSD represents the greatest opportunity to enhance profitability across our residential and 
business markets.  

41 

Key Transactions Impacting Operating Results and Financial Condition 

Hurricane Michael 

On October 10, 2018, Hurricane Michael made landfall in the Florida Panhandle, resulting in significant damage to our 
network infrastructure and widespread power outages and service disruptions for the majority of our customers in this 
service area. As a result, we issued service outage credits to impacted customers totaling $5.4 million as of 
December 31, 2018. In addition, we incurred $0.7 million of additional expenses primarily related to repair and 
maintenance costs associated with the restoration of the network and customer service, net of programming and other 
savings and insurance proceeds. 

For several weeks after the storm, a portion of our workforce was dedicated to restoring services to our customers as 
quickly as possible. In less than 90 days, we restored approximately 430 miles of network infrastructure and as of 
January 4, 2019, completed our restoration of the Panama City, FL network. As of December 31, 2018, we incurred 
capital expenditures related to restoration of the network of approximately $26.4 million. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we finalized the insurance claim related to the damages incurred from 
Hurricane Michael, receiving $9.6 million of business interruption insurance recoveries.   

Sale of Chicago Fiber Network 

On December 14, 2017, we finalized the sale of a portion of our fiber network in the Chicago market to a subsidiary of 
Verizon for $225.0 million in cash. In addition, we and a subsidiary of Verizon entered into a construction agreement 
pursuant to which we agreed to complete the build-out of the network in exchange for $50.0 million (which 
approximated our estimate to complete the network build-out), recognized over time as the remaining network elements 
were completed and accepted. We completed the network build-out during the third quarter of 2019. From project 
inception through completion, the Company has recorded a total loss on the Construction Services Agreement of $0.9 
million.  

Stock Repurchase Program 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we repurchased 7.1 million and 0.5 million shares of our 
outstanding common stock for $70.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. 

Redemption of Senior Notes and Refinancing of Debt 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we fully redeemed the 10.25% Senior Notes, which effectively satisfied and 
discharged the indenture governing the 10.25% Senior Notes. In connection with the redemption, we recorded a loss on 
early extinguishment of debt of $24.8 million related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premium, and 
prepayment fees.  

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2017, we refinanced our revolving credit facility and Term B loans by 
entering into the seventh and eighth amendments to our credit agreement, respectively. We recorded a $7.3 million loss 
on early extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and third party costs 
associated with the refinancing. 

Sale of Lawrence, Kansas Systems 

On January 12, 2017, we and Midcontinent Communications (“MidCo”) entered into an agreement under which MidCo 
acquired our Lawrence, Kansas systems for net proceeds of approximately $213.0 million.  Additionally, we entered into 
a transition services agreement with MidCo pursuant to which we provided certain services to MidCo on a transitional 
basis. Charges for the transition services allowed us to fully recover all allowed costs and allocated expenses incurred in 
connection with providing such services, generally without profit. The results of our Lawrence, Kansas system are 
included for the first 12 days for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

42 

Avista and Crestview Investment 

Historically, the Company’s outstanding shares have been majority held by Crestview, LLC (“Crestview”) and Avista 
Capital Partners (“Avista”), private equity firms based in New York. On August 6, 2019, Avista, in its capacity as the 
general partner of several funds, executed a distribution-in-kind of its shares of the Company’s common stock to its 
limited partners, effectively extinguishing its ownership of the Company. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 37% 
of our outstanding common shares were held by Crestview.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

In the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates, judgments and 
assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available, in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The estimates and assumptions affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the periods presented. Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that are reflective of 
significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which would potentially result in materially different results under 
different assumptions and conditions. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in the 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements because of the judgment necessary to account for these matters and 
the significant estimates involved, which are susceptible to change. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Carrying Value. The net carrying value of our property, plant and equipment was $1,073.7 million and $1,053.4 million, 
representing approximately 43% and 44% of our total assets, at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.  

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and include costs associated with the construction of cable 
transmission and distribution facilities and new service installations at customer locations. Capitalized costs include 
materials, labor and certain indirect costs attributable to the capitalization activity. Maintenance and repairs are expensed 
as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of an asset, the cost and related depreciation are removed from the related accounts 
and resulting gains or losses are reflected in operating results. We make judgments regarding the installation and 
construction activities to be capitalized. We capitalize direct labor associated with capitalizable activities and indirect 
cost using standards developed from operational data, including the proportionate time to perform a new installation 
relative to the total technical operations activities and an evaluation of the nature of the indirect costs incurred to support 
capitalizable activities. Judgment is required to determine the extent to which indirect costs that have been incurred are 
related to capitalizable activities and, as a result, should be capitalized. Indirect costs include (i) employee benefits and 
payroll taxes associated with capitalized direct labor, (ii) direct variable costs of installation and construction vehicle 
costs, (iii) the direct variable costs of support personnel directly involved in assisting with installation activities, such as 
dispatchers and (iv) other indirect costs directly attributable to capitalizable activities.  

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment. Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are evaluated 
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
If the total of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for 
the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. No impairments of long-lived assets were 
recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.  

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets consist primarily of acquired franchise operating rights, franchise related customer relationships and 
goodwill. Franchise operating rights represent the value attributable to agreements with local franchising authorities, 
which allows access to homes in the public right of way. Our franchise operating rights were acquired through business 
combinations. We do not amortize cable franchise operating rights as we have determined that they have an indefinite 
life. Costs incurred in negotiating and renewing cable franchise agreements are expensed as incurred. Franchise related 
customer relationships represent the value of the benefit to us of acquiring the existing cable subscriber base and are 

43 

amortized over the estimated life of the subscriber base, generally four years, on a straight-line basis. Goodwill 
represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets we acquired in business 
combinations.  

We conduct our cable operations under the authority of state cable television franchises, except in Alabama, Maryland 
and parts of Michigan where we continue to operate under local franchises. Our franchises have service terms that vary, 
but generally last from five to 15 years. All of our term-limited franchise agreements are subject to renewal. The renewal 
process for our state franchises is specified by state law and tends to be a simple process, requiring the filing of a 
renewal application with information no more burdensome than that contained in our original application. Although 
renewal is not assured, there are provisions in the law that protect the Company from arbitrary or unreasonable denial. In 
most areas in which we operate, we are a “competitive” operator, meaning that we compete directly in the service area 
with at least one other franchised cable operator. The Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 
1992 (“1992 Cable Act”) says that “a franchising authority may not...unreasonably refuse to award an additional 
competitive franchise.” The 1992 Cable Act also provides a formal renewal process that protects cable operators that 
elect the process against arbitrary or unreasonable refusals to renew a franchise. In addition, on December 20, 2006, the 
FCC established rules and provided guidance that prohibit local franchising authorities from unreasonably refusing to 
award competitive franchises for the provision of cable services.  In order to eliminate certain barriers to entry into the 
cable market, and to encourage investment in broadband facilities, the FCC preempted local laws, regulations, and 
requirements, including local level-playing-field provisions, to the extent they impose greater restrictions on market 
entry than those adopted under the order.  On August 1, 2019, the FCC adopted a Third Report and Order concluding 
that its franchising rules and findings fully apply to state-level franchising actions and regulations.  These orders have 
the potential to benefit us by facilitating our ability to obtain and renew cable service franchises. 

In our experience, state and local franchising authorities encourage our entry into the market, as our competitive 
presence often leads to overall better service, more service options and lower prices. In our and our expert advisors’ 
experience, it has not been the practice for a franchising authority to deny a cable franchise renewal. We have never had 
a renewal denied.  

Franchise Operating Rights. The net carrying value of our franchise operating rights was $799.5 million and $809.2 
million, representing approximately 32% and 33% of total assets, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See 
Note 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements contained in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” for further discussion of how we value and evaluate franchise operating rights for impairment.  

The estimates and assumptions made in our impairment analysis are inherently subject to significant uncertainties, many 
of which are beyond our control, and there is no assurance that these results can be achieved. The primary assumptions 
for which there is a reasonable possibility of the occurrence of a variation that would significantly affect the 
measurement value include the assumptions regarding revenue growth, programming expense growth rates, the amount 
and timing of capital expenditures and the discount rate utilized. 

We evaluate the recoverability of our franchise operating rights at least annually on October 1, or more frequently 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. As a result of the 
2019 analysis, we identified two reporting units in which the fair value was less than the carrying value and recognized 
an impairment charge equal to the difference. Additionally, we identified one reporting unit in which the fair value was 
within 10% of the carrying value. We recognized impairment charges of $9.7 million, $143.2 million and $14.1 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

Goodwill. The net carrying value of goodwill was $408.8 million, representing approximately 17% of total assets, for the 
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. See Note 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements contained 
in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion of how we value and evaluate 
goodwill for impairment.  

Similar to franchise operating rights, we evaluate the recoverability of our goodwill annually on October 1, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. We 
recognized impairment charges of $73.1 million and $133.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 

44 

respectively. No such impairment charges were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2019 as the result of the 
annual impairment test indicated the fair value of our goodwill exceeded the carrying value. 

Income Taxes 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets 
are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using 
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. Additionally, the impact of changes 
in the tax rates and laws on deferred taxes, if any, is reflected in the financial statements in the period of enactment. 
Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be 
realized. To the extent that a determination was made to establish or adjust a valuation allowance, the expense or benefit 
is recorded in the period in which the determination is made.    

From time to time, we engage in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of 
such transactions include business acquisitions and dispositions, including dispositions designed to be tax free, issues 
related to consideration paid or received, investments and certain financing transactions. Significant judgment is required 
in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. We prepare and file tax returns based on 
interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, our tax returns are subject to examination by 
various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax, interest and penalty assessments by these taxing 
authorities. In determining our income tax provision for financial reporting purposes, we establish a reserve for uncertain 
income tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon 
examination, based on their technical merits. That is, for financial reporting purposes, we only recognize tax benefits 
taken on the tax return that we believe are more likely than not of being sustained. There is considerable judgment 
involved in determining whether positions taken on the tax return are more likely than not of being sustained. 

We adjust our tax reserve estimates periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, the various 
taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. The consolidated income tax provision 
of any given year includes adjustments to prior year income tax accruals that are considered appropriate and any related 
estimated interest. Our policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain income tax positions 
as part of income tax provision. 

Homes Passed and Customers 

We report homes passed as the number of serviceable addresses, such as single residence homes, apartments and 
condominium units, and businesses passed by our broadband network and listed in our database. We report total 
subscribers as the number of subscribers who receive at least one of our HSD, Video or Telephony services, without 
regard to which or how many services they subscribe. We define each of the individual HSD subscribers, Video 
subscribers and Telephony subscribers as a revenue generating unit (“RGU”). The following table summarizes homes 
passed, total subscribers and total RGUs for our services as of each respective date and does not make adjustment for 
any of the Company’s acquisitions or divestitures: 

Homes passed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total subscribers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
HSD RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Video RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Telephony RGUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  Dec. 31,    Mar. 31,   

2018 

2019 

Sep. 30,    Dec. 31, 

Jun. 30,   
     2019(1)      
 3,176,500      3,192,500      3,199,500      3,215,500      3,237,200 
 823,400 
 781,500 
 373,800 
 193,100 
 1,348,400 

 812,500   
 765,900   
 398,000   
 201,900   
 1,365,800   

 817,600   
 773,900   
 380,800   
 195,700   
 1,350,400   

 809,800   
 763,700   
 387,100   
 198,100   
 1,348,900   

 807,900   
 759,600   
 406,100   
 204,400   
 1,370,100   

2019 

2019 

(1)  The Company transitioned statistical reporting tools and standardized reporting methodologies in the third quarter of 

2019. The standardized reporting led to the following decreases on June 30, 2019 subscriber and RGU counts: total 
subscribers (1,500), HSD RGUs (1,800), Video RGUs (1,000), and Total RGUs (2,800). 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
The following table displays the homes passed and subscribers related to the Company’s edge-out activities: 

  Dec. 31,    Mar. 31,   
      2018 

      2019 

      2019 

Jun. 30,   

Sep. 30,    Dec. 31, 

Homes passed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total subscribers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
HSD RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Video RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Telephony RGUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total RGUs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 138,100  
 35,500   
 35,300   
 17,600   
 6,400   
 59,300   

 147,400  
 36,800   
 36,500   
 17,900   
 6,000   
 60,400   

 152,600  
 37,600   
 36,900   
 17,800   
 5,500   
 60,200   

2019 
 166,600  
 39,500  
 39,200  
 18,100  
 7,100  
 64,400  

2019 
 186,900 
 42,500 
 42,300 
 18,700 
 7,500 
 68,500 

While we take appropriate steps to ensure subscriber information is presented on a consistent and accurate basis at any 
given balance sheet date, we periodically review our policies in light of the variability we may encounter across our 
different markets due to the nature and pricing of products, services and billing systems. Accordingly, we may from time 
to time make appropriate adjustments to our subscriber information based on such reviews. 

Financial Statement Presentation 

Revenue 

Our operating revenue is primarily derived from monthly recurring charges for HSD, Video, Telephony and other 
business services to residential and business customers, in addition to other revenues. 

•  HSD revenue consists primarily of fixed monthly fees for data service and rental of modems. 

•  Video revenue consists primarily of fixed monthly fees for basic, premium and digital cable television 
services and rental of video converter equipment, as well as charges from optional services, such as 
pay-per-view, video-on-demand and other events available to the customer. The Company is required to 
pay certain cable franchising authorities an amount based on the percentage of gross revenue derived from 
video services. The Company generally passes these fees on to the customer, which is included in video 
revenue. 

•  Telephony revenue consists primarily of fixed monthly fees for local service and enhanced services, such 

as call waiting, voice mail and measured and flat rate long-distance service. 

•  Other business service revenue consists primarily of monthly recurring charges for session initiated 
protocol, web hosting, metro Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband carrier and cloud infrastructure 
services provided to business customers. 

•  Other revenue consists primarily of revenue from line assurance warranty services provided to residential 

and business customers and revenue from advertising placement. 

Revenues attributable to monthly subscription fees charged to customers for our HSD, Video and Telephony services 
provided by our broadband networks were 92% for both the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The remaining 
percentage of total revenue represents non-subscription revenue primarily from other business services, line assurance 
warranty services and advertising placement. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
Costs and Expenses 

Our expenses primarily consist of operating, selling, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization 
expense, and interest expense. 

Operating expenses primarily include programming costs, data costs, transport costs and network access fees related to 
our HSD, Video and Telephony services, costs of dark fiber sales, network operations and maintenance services, 
customer service and call center expenses, bad debt, billing and collection expenses and franchise and other regulatory 
fees. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits of corporate and field management, 
sales and marketing personnel, human resources and related administrative costs. 

Depreciation and amortization expenses include depreciation of our broadband networks and equipment, buildings and 
leasehold improvements and amortization of other intangible assets with definite lives primarily related to acquisitions. 
Depreciation and amortization expense is presented separately from operating and selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

We control our costs of operations by maintaining strict controls on expenditures. More specifically, we are focused on 
managing our cost structure by improving workforce productivity, increasing the effectiveness of our purchasing 
activities and maintaining discipline in customer acquisition. We expect programming expenses to continue to increase 
due to a variety of factors, including increased demands by owners of some broadcast stations for carriage of other 
services or payments to those broadcasters for retransmission consent and annual increases imposed by programmers 
with additional selling power as a result of media consolidation. We have not been able to fully pass these increases on 
to our customers without the loss of customers nor do we expect to be able to do so in the future. 

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018 

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Costs and expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) . . . . . . . . .    
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Depreciation and amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Impairment losses on intangibles and goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other income (expense): 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

 1,145.8   $ 

 1,153.8 

 577.5  
 170.6  
 206.2  
 9.7  
 5.4  
 969.4  
 176.4  

 619.0 
 154.1 
 186.9 
 216.3 
 (0.9)
 1,175.4 
 (21.6)

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income (loss) before provision for income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax (expense) benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 (142.1) 
 3.6  
 37.9  
 (1.5) 
 36.4   $ 

 (132.5)
 1.7 
 (152.4)
 65.1 
 (87.3)

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Revenue 

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased $8.0 million, or 1%, as compared to revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2018, as follows: 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

Residential subscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Business services subscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total subscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other business services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 918.0   $ 
 137.7  
   1,055.7  
 27.4  
 62.7  

 933.3 
 129.5 
   1,062.8 
 28.1 
 62.9 
  $  1,145.8   $  1,153.8 

Total subscription revenue decreased $7.1 million, or 1%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is driven by a decrease in average total RGUs of $25.3 million, partially 
offset by an increase in average revenue per unit (“ARPU”) of our customer base of $18.2 million. ARPU is calculated 
as subscription revenue for each of the HSD, Video and Telephony services divided by the average total RGUs for each 
service category for the respective period. 

The following table details subscription revenue by service offering for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Year ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

  Subscription 
  Revenue 
  (in millions)   (in thousands)   (in millions)   (in thousands) 

  Subscription  
    Revenue 

Average 
RGUs 

Average 
RGUs 

Subscription 
Revenue 
Change 
$ 

    % 

HSD subscription  . . . . . .     $ 
Video subscription  . . . . .      
Telephony subscription . .      

 521.0  
 432.0   
 102.7   
  $  1,055.7   

 770.6   $ 
 389.9     
 198.8     

467.1  
479.4   
116.3   
     $  1,062.8   

746.1   $   53.9  
 12 % 
419.4      (47.4)    (10)% 
212.1      (13.6)    (12)% 
 (1)% 

     $   (7.1)  

HSD Subscription 

HSD subscription revenue increased $53.9 million, or 12%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in HSD subscription revenue is primarily attributable to a $38.1 million 
increase in HSD ARPU and a $15.8 million increase in average HSD RGUs. 

Video Subscription 

Video subscription revenue decreased $47.4 million, or 10%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to a $13.7 million decrease in Video ARPU and a 
$33.7 million decrease in average Video RGUs. 

Telephony Subscription 

Telephony subscription revenue decreased $13.6 million, or 12%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared 
to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to a $6.2 million decrease in Telephony ARPU and 
a $7.4 million decrease in average Telephony RGUs. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses (Excluding Depreciation and Amortization) 

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased $41.5 million, or 7%, during the year ended 
December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily attributable to 
increases in eligible capitalizable costs, decreases in compensation cost associated with reductions in headcount, receipt 
of business interruption insurance proceeds, and decreases in Video and Telephony direct expense associated with the 
reductions in Video and Telephony RGUs over the same period.  

Incremental Contribution 

Incremental contribution is defined as subscription services revenue less costs directly incurred from third parties in 
connection with the provision of such services to our customers (service direct expense). Incremental contribution 
decreased $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The 
slight decrease is primarily due to a decrease in subscription service revenue driven by decreases in Video and 
Telephony ARPU and RGUs, partially offset by increases in HSD ARPU and RGUs. Service direct expenses decreased 
$6.5 million, or 2%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The 
decrease is primarily due to a decrease in programming expense associated with a decreased number of Video RGUs, 
which was $364.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $369.7 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $16.5 million, or 11%, in the year ended December 31, 2019 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to costs associated with digital 
transformation initiatives, and increases in sales and marketing expenses, partially offset by decreases in operating taxes.  

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses 

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $19.3 million, or 10%, in the year ended December 31, 2019 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in fixed assets 
placed into service to rebuild our network infrastructure in the Panama City, FL market which was significantly 
impacted by Hurricane Michael combined with new financing leases entered into during 2019. 

Impairment Losses on Intangibles and Goodwill 

The Company recognized non-cash impairment charges of $9.7 million and $216.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The primary driver of the impairment charges in 2019 and 2018 was a 
decline in the estimated fair market value of indefinite-lived intangible assets in certain reporting units, as indicated by 
the decline in the Company’s common stock. See Note 7 – Franchise Operating Rights & Goodwill for discussion of 
non-cash impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Sale of Assets  

On December 14, 2017, we sold a portion of our Chicago fiber network to a subsidiary of Verizon for $225.0 million in 
cash. In addition, we and a subsidiary of Verizon entered into a construction agreement pursuant to which we agreed to 
complete the build-out of the network in exchange for $50.0 million (which approximated our estimate to complete the 
network build-out), recognized over time as the remaining network elements were completed and accepted. We 
completed the network build-out during the third quarter of 2019. We recognized a $3.3 million loss on sale of assets 
resulting from the completion of the construction agreement during the year ended December 31, 2019.  

49 

 
Interest Expense  

Interest expense increased $9.6 million, or 7%, in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to an increase in interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2019 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, combined with a full year of interest rate swap settlements at a fixed 
rate of 5.96% and increased finance lease activity.  

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit   

We reported total income tax expense of $1.5 million and income tax benefit of $65.1 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The recognition of tax expense in 2019 compared to the recognition of a 
benefit in 2018 is primarily due to a change from a pre-tax loss in 2018 to pre-tax income in 2019, combined with the 
adjustment to the valuation allowance in 2018 of $33.6 million resulting from indefinite lived deferred tax assets related 
to a business interest expense limitation and net operating loss carryforwards. During 2019, the Company recorded an 
income tax benefit of $3.9 million related to a favorable settlement of an uncertain tax position. 

Use of Incremental Contribution and Adjusted EBITDA  

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business such as adjusted 
EBITDA and incremental contribution. These measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, 
consolidated net income (loss) and operating income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance 
with GAAP as measures of operating performance or operating cash flows, or as measures of liquidity. Our use of the 
terms adjusted EBITDA and incremental contribution may vary from others in our industry. These metrics have 
important limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our 
results as reported under GAAP. These metrics do not identify or allocate any other operating costs and expenses that are 
components of our income from operations (loss) to specific subscription revenues as we do not measure or record such 
costs and expenses in a manner that would allow attribution to a specific component of subscription revenue. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

The following table provides a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), which is the most directly 
comparable GAAP measure, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Depreciation and amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Impairment loss on intangibles and goodwill  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Non-recurring professional fees, M&A integration and 

restructuring expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Non-cash stock compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax expense (benefit)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Adjusted EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

  $ 

 36.4 
 206.2 
 9.7 
 5.4 
 142.1 

 27.5 
 10.1 
 (3.6)  
 1.5 
 435.3   $ 

 (87.3)
 186.9 
 216.3 
 (0.9)
 132.5 

 16.0 
 13.0 
 (1.7)
 (65.1)
 409.7 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incremental contribution 

Incremental contribution is included herein because we believe that it is a key metric used by our management to assess 
the financial performance of the business by showing how the relative relationship of the various components of 
subscription services contributes to our overall consolidated financial results. Our management further believes that it 
provides useful information to investors in evaluating our financial condition and results of operations because the 
additional detail illustrates how an incremental dollar of revenue generates cash, before any unallocated costs are 
considered, which we believe is a key component of our overall strategy and important for understanding what drives 
our cash flow position relative to our historical results. Incremental contribution is defined by us as the components of 
subscription revenue, less costs directly incurred from third parties in connection with the provision of such services to 
our customers.  

The following table provides a reconciliation of incremental contribution to income (loss) from operations, which is the 
most directly comparable GAAP measure, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Revenue (excluding subscription revenue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other non-allocated operating expense (excluding depreciation 

and amortization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Impairment losses on intangibles and goodwill  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Incremental contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

 176.4     $ 
 (90.1)  

 (21.6)
 (91.0)

 186.6  
 170.6  
 206.2  
 9.7  
 5.4  
 664.8   $ 

 221.6 
 154.1 
 186.9 
 216.3 
 (0.9)
 665.4 

Previously Disclosed Results of Operations  

For a complete narrative of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2017 refer to Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

At December 31, 2019, we had $118.7 million in current assets, including $21.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, 
and $227.4 million in current liabilities. Our outstanding consolidated debt and finance lease obligations aggregated 
$2,290.4 million, of which $30.9 million is classified as current in our consolidated balance sheet.  

On December 14, 2017, we completed an asset purchase agreement with a subsidiary of Verizon and entered into a 
Construction Services Agreement pursuant to which we agreed to complete the build-out of the network in exchange for 
$50.0 million. Throughout 2018 and 2019, we incurred capital expenditures associated with the build-out and recognized 
the $50.0 million as sites were completed and accepted by the subsidiary of Verizon. We completed the build-out of the 
network during the third quarter of 2019, incurring total capital expenditures since inception of approximately 
$49.5 million.  

We are required to prepay principal amounts under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities credit agreement if we generate 
excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement. As of December 31, 2019, we had borrowing capacity of 
$239.5 million under our Revolving Credit Facility and were in compliance with all our debt covenants. Accordingly, we 
believe that we have sufficient resources to fund our obligations and anticipated liquidity requirements in the foreseeable 
future. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Operating, Investing, and Financing Activities 

Operating Activities  

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $3.0 million from $269.3 million for the December 31, 2018 to 
$266.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily due to timing differences of our 
receivables and payables. 

Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $63.6 million from $287.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 
to $224.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in capital 
expenditures. 

We have ongoing capital expenditure requirements related to the maintenance, expansion and technological upgrades of 
our network infrastructure. Capital expenditures are funded primarily through a combination of cash on hand and cash 
flow from operations. Our capital expenditures were $247.5 million and $314.1 million for years ended 
December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. The $66.6 million decrease from the year ended 
December 31, 2018 to the year ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to a decrease in expenditures related to the 
Construction Services Agreement with a subsidiary of Verizon, which was completed during 2019, combined with 
increased finance lease activity. 

The following table sets forth additional information regarding our capital expenditures for the periods presented:  

December 31,  
      2018 

      2017 

2019 

Capital Expenditures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Customer premise equipment(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  116.6   $  119.7   $  107.4 
 39.0 
Scalable infrastructure(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
   104.7 
Line extensions(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Upgrade / rebuild(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 0.6 
 49.6 
Support capital(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  247.5   $  314.1   $  301.3 

 17.5  
 58.3  
 2.4  
 52.7  

 33.0  
 68.2  
 27.1  
 66.1  

(in millions) 

Capital expenditures included in total related to: 

Edge-outs(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   36.8   $   29.1   $   45.8 
Business services(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   31.1   $   48.2   $   70.7 

(1)  Customer premise equipment (“CPE”) includes equipment and installation costs incurred to deliver services to 

residential and business services customers. CPE includes the costs of acquiring and installing our set-top boxes and 
modems, as well as the cost of customer connections to our network. 

(2)  Scalable infrastructure includes costs, not directly related to customer acquisition activity, to support new customer 

growth and provide service enhancements (e.g., headend equipment). 

(3)  Line extensions include costs associated with new home development within our footprint and edge-outs 

(e.g., fiber / coaxial cable, amplifiers, electronic equipment, make-ready and design engineering). 
(4)  Upgrade / rebuild includes costs to modify or replace existing HFC network, including enhancements. 
(5)  Support capital includes all other costs to support day-to-day operations, including land, buildings, vehicles, office 

equipment, tools and test equipment. 

(6)  Edge-outs represent costs to extend our network into new adjacent service areas, including the associated CPE. 
(7)  Business services represent costs associated with the build-out of our network to support business services 

customers, including the associated CPE. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
Financing Activities 

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $3.4 million from $37.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 
$34.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily attributable to lower share repurchases, 
partially offset by net payments on debt and finance lease obligations. 

Contractual Obligations 

We have obligations to make future payments for goods and services under certain contractual arrangements. These 
contractual obligations secure the future rights to various assets and services to be used in the normal course of our 
operations. In accordance with GAAP, the future rights and obligations pertaining to firm commitments, such as 
operating lease obligations and certain contractual purchase obligations, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The long term debt obligations are our principal payments on cash debt 
service obligations. Finance lease obligations are future lease payments on certain equipment and vehicles. Operating 
lease obligations are the future minimum rental payments required under the operating leases that have initial or 
remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2019. 

The following table summarizes certain of our obligations as of December 31, 2019 and the estimated timing and effect 
that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions): 

Payment due by period 

Long term debt obligations(1) . . . . . .      $  2,275.3     $ 22.8     $   100.6     $ 2,151.9     $ 
Finance lease obligations . . . . . . . . . .   
Operating lease obligations(2) . . . . . .   
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  2,334.9   $ 39.4   $   127.5   $ 2,161.2   $ 

     2021 - 2022       2023 - 2024      Thereafter 
 — 
 — 
 6.8 
 6.8 

    8.9  
    7.7  

 13.9  
 13.0  

 24.5  
 35.1  

Total 

      2020 

 1.7  
 7.6  

(1)  Interest payments associated with our variable-rate debt have not been included in the table. Assuming that our 

$2,275.3 million of variable-rate Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2019 is held to maturity, and 
utilizing interest rates in effect at December 31, 2019, our annual interest payments (including commitment fees and 
letter of credit fees) on variable rate Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2019 is anticipated to be 
approximately $126.8 million for fiscal year 2020, $222.1 million for fiscal years 2021-2022, and $70.3 million for 
fiscal year 2023. The debt matures on August 19, 2023. The future annual interest obligations noted herein are 
estimated only in relation to debt outstanding as of December 31, 2019. 

(2)  In addition to the above operating lease obligations, we also rent utility poles used in our operations. Generally, pole 
rentals are cancellable on short notice, but we anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole rental 
attachments was approximately $9.1 million, $8.5 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

See Part II-Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for a 
description of new accounting pronouncements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Our exposure to market risk is limited and primarily related to fluctuating interest rates associated with our variable rate 
indebtedness under our Senior Secured Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019, borrowings under our Term B Loans 
and Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at our option at a rate equal to either an adjusted LIBOR rate (which is 
subject to a minimum rate of 1.00% for Term B Loans) or an ABR (which is subject to a minimum rate of 1.00% for 
Term B Loans), plus the applicable margin. The applicable margins for the Term B Loans is 3.25% for adjusted LIBOR 
loans and 2.25% for ABR loans. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is 3.00% for 
adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.00% for ABR loans. We manage the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and 
operating cash flows by entering into derivative instruments to protect against increases in the interest rates on our 
variable rate debt. We use interest rate swaps, where we receive variable rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate 
payments. As of December 31, 2019, after considering our interest rate swaps, approximately 40% of our Senior Secured 
Credit Facility is still variable rate debt. A hypothetical 100 basis point (1%) change in LIBOR interest rates (based on 
the interest rates in effect under our Senior Secured Credit Facility as of December 31, 2019) would result in an annual 
interest expense charge of up to approximately $9.5 million under our Senior Secured Credit Facility. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes thereto and the report of our independent registered public 
accounting firm are included in this Annual Report beginning on page F-1. 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in 
our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to 
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (together, the “Certifying 
Officers”), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

In designing and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and 
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance, not absolute assurance of 
achieving the desired objectives. Also, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource 
constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in 
all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will 
not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include 
the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or 
mistake. The design of any system of controls is based, in part, upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future 
events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future 
conditions. 

As previously disclosed in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
management had then concluded that there was a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting relating 
to the accounting for, and disclosure of, the deferred income tax effects and goodwill allocation associated with complex 
tax transactions involving partnership interests. The remediation of this prior material weakness is discussed below. 

Our management, with the participation of the Certifying Officers, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2019. Based on these 
evaluations, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and 

54 

 
procedures required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 were effective as of December 31, 2019 as a result of the 
remediation of the material weakness discussed below. Our management has concluded that the audited consolidated 
financial statements included in this annual filing fairly represent in all material respects our financial position, results of 
operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ deficit as of and for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. 
GAAP.  

Remediation of Previously Disclosed Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

As previously disclosed in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
management identified a material weakness as of such date. A material weakness, as defined in Exchange Act 
Rule 12b-2, is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is 
a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be 
prevented or detected on a timely basis. The identified material weakness was in connection with our controls over the 
completeness and accuracy of accounting for, and disclosure of, the deferred income tax effects and goodwill allocation 
associated with complex tax transactions involving partnership interests. Specifically, we did not design the appropriate 
controls to (i) identify and reconcile deferred income taxes associated with the accounting for acquired partnership 
interests, and (ii) correctly allocate corporate goodwill to appropriate reporting units. This material weakness resulted in 
material errors arising as a result of our 2006 Merger Transaction that were corrected through the restatement of the 
consolidated and combined consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 
December 31, 2016 and the correction of the unaudited quarterly financial information for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. 

In response to the material weakness referred to above, with the oversight of the Audit Committee of our Board of 
Directors, we implemented changes to our internal control over financial reporting, which included enhancements to 
certain controls and the implementation of a specific control to ensure that (i) deferred income tax effects of acquired 
partnership interests are properly accounted for and disclosed in the period of acquisition, (ii) the goodwill allocation 
associated with any acquired entity is properly accounted for and disclosed in the period of acquisition, and (iii) the 
resulting investment in partnership deferred income tax assets and liabilities are assessed and reconciled periodically to 
the book-tax differences in the underlying assets and liabilities within the partnership to determine whether any 
adjustment is necessary. 

We have completed documentation of the actions described above, and based on the evidence obtained in validating the 
design and operating effectiveness of the implemented controls, we have concluded that the previously disclosed 
material weakness was remediated as of the third quarter of 2019. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange 
Act) that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019, except as discussed above in “—Remediation of Previously 
Disclosed Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Certifying Officers, assessed the effectiveness 
of the design and operation of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the 
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – 
Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.   

BDO USA, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, provides an objective, independent 
audit of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting. Their accompanying audit 
report on the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting is set forth in this Annual Report.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
WideOpenWest, Inc. 
Englewood, Colorado 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited WideOpenWest, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements 
of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and our report dated March 4, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards 
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial 
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

/s/  BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia  
March 4, 2020 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not Applicable. 

56 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Manager Independence 

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement. 

57 

 
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a) 

Financial Statements/Schedule 

PART IV 

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or the required information is included 
in the financial statements or notes thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference. 

(b) 

Exhibits 

A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this report is set forth in the Exhibit Index which immediately precedes 
such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

58 

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 

F-2
F-3
F-4

and 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 

and 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

F-6
F-7
F-8

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Shareholders and Board of Directors 
WideOpenWest, Inc. 
Englewood, Colorado 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WideOpenWest, Inc. (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes 
in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the 
related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated 
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 
and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 4, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

Change in Accounting Method related to Leases and Revenue 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for 
leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases and its 
method of accounting for revenue as of January 1, 2018 due to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the 
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.  

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.  

Atlanta, Georgia  
March 4, 2020 

F-2 

 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

  (in millions, except share data) 

Assets 
Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Accounts receivable—trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.5 for each period  . . . . .     
Accounts receivable—other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Prepaid expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Right-of-use lease assets—operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Property, plant and equipment, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Franchise operating rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Other noncurrent assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit 
Current liabilities 

Accounts payable—trade  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Accrued interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Current portion of long-term lease liability—operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Accrued liabilities and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Current portion of unearned service revenue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Long-term debt and finance lease obligations—less current portion and debt issuance costs . . . . . . .    
Long-term lease liability—operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Deferred income taxes, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Other noncurrent liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     

Commitments and contingencies 
Stockholders' deficit: 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding  . .    
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 700,000,000 shares authorized; 92,182,207 and 90,572,693 
issued as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively; 84,103,108 and 
82,680,380 outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively  . . . . . . . .     
Additional paid-in capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Treasury stock at cost, 8,079,099 and 7,892,313 shares as of December 31, 2019 and 

 21.0   $ 
 65.8  
 9.8  
 22.1  
 118.7  
 26.5  
 1,073.7  
 799.5  
 408.8  
 2.9  
 41.5  
 2,471.6   $ 

 47.1   $ 

 2.7  
 6.1  
 95.6  
 30.9  
 45.0  
 227.4  
 2,259.5  
 23.4  
 192.5  
 14.7  
 2,717.5  

 13.2 
 66.2 
 17.6 
 15.4 
 112.4 
 — 
 1,053.4 
 809.2 
 408.8 
 3.6 
 32.2 
 2,419.6 

 42.0 
 4.6 
 — 
 93.2 
 24.1 
 60.2 
 224.1 
 2,271.4 
 — 
 192.9 
 13.0 
 2,701.4 

 —  

 — 

 0.9  
 322.8  
 (15.5) 
 (474.4) 

 0.9 
 312.7 
 (6.5)
 (510.8)

December 31, 2018, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total stockholders’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 (79.7) 
 (245.9) 
 2,471.6   $ 

 (78.1)
 (281.8)
 2,419.6 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
    
  
    
     
 
   
    
     
 
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Costs and expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) . . . . . . . . .    
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Impairment losses on intangibles and goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Management fee to related party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other income (expense): 

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Gain on sale of Lawrence, Kansas system  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Loss on early extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income (loss) before provision for income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax (expense) benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2017 
2018 
(in millions, except per share and share data) 
 1,145.8   $ 

 1,153.8   $ 

 1,188.1 

 577.5  
 170.6  
 206.2  
 9.7  
 5.4  
 —  
 969.4  
 176.4  

 619.0  
 154.1  
 186.9  
 216.3  
 (0.9) 
 —  
 1,175.4  
 (21.6) 

 (142.1) 
 —  
 —  
 3.6  
 37.9  
 (1.5) 
 36.4   $ 

 (132.5) 
 —  
 —  
 1.7  
 (152.4) 
 65.1  
 (87.3)  $ 

 626.5 
 138.5 
 198.1 
 147.4 
 (94.1)
 1.0 
 1,017.4 
 170.7 

 (151.6)
 38.4 
 (32.1)
 1.6 
 27.0 
 158.3 
 185.3 

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 0.45   $ 
 0.45   $ 

 (1.07)  $ 
 (1.07)  $ 

 2.35 
 2.35 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 80,713,926  
 81,189,162  

 81,808,425  
 81,808,425  

 78,778,640 
 78,915,946 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Unrealized loss on interest rate derivative instrument, net of tax  . . . . . . . .   
Comprehensive income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 36.4   $ 
 (9.0) 
 27.4   $ 

 (87.3)  $ 
 (6.5) 
 (93.8)  $ 

 185.3 
 — 
 185.3 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2018 
(in millions) 

2017 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit 

  Common   Management  Treasury   Additional 

  Accumulated   
Other 

Total 

  Common   
Stock 

Stock 

Units 

  Stock at  

Paid-in    Comprehensive  Accumulated  Stockholders'

    Par Value      Class D(2)      Cost 

     Capital      

Loss 

     Deficit 

     Deficit 

Balances at January 1, 2017  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      66,498,762     $ 
 —     
 —     

Repurchase of old management units  . . . . . . . .    
Cancellation of management D units   . . . . . . . .    
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net 

Contribution from Parent   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Non-cash compensation expense  . . . . . . . . . . .    
Issuance of restricted stock, net  . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Purchase of shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

of issue costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      20,970,589     
 —     
 —      
 1,418,564     
 (461,173)    
 —     
 —      
Balances at December 31, 2017(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .      88,426,742     $ 
 —     

Impact of change in accounting policy  . . . . . . .    
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive 

loss, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Issuance of restricted stock, net  . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Purchase of shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 —     
 —     
 1,684,778     
 (7,431,140)   
 —     
 —     
Balances at December 31, 2018(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .      82,680,380     $ 

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive 

loss, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Issuance of restricted stock, net  . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Purchase of shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 —     
 —     
 1,609,514     
 (186,786)   
 —     
Balances at December 31, 2019(1) . . . . . . . . . . . .      84,103,108    $ 

 0.7  
 —  
 —  

 0.2  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 0.9  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 0.9  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 0.9  

(in millions, except share data) 

 201,696    $ 
 —    
 (201,696)   

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  

 (58.8)  $ 
 (8.8) 
 —  

 —    
 —    
 —     
 —     
 —    
 —    
 —     
 —   $ 
 —    

 —    
 —    
 —     
 —     
 —    
 —     
 —    $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (4.8) 
 —  
 —  
 (4.8)  $ 
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (73.3) 
 —  
 —  
 (78.1)  $ 

 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 —   $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (1.6) 
 —  
 (79.7)  $ 

 333.9  
 20.3  
 13.4  
 —  
 —  
 (0.1) 
 —  
 299.9   $ 
 —  

 —  
 13.0  
 —  
 —  
 (0.2) 
 —  
 312.7   $ 

 —  
 10.1  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 322.8   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —   $ 
 —  

 (6.5) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (6.5)  $ 

 (9.0) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (15.5)  $ 

 (617.9)  $ 
 —  
 —  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 185.3  
 (432.6)  $ 
 9.1  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (87.3) 
 (510.8)  $ 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 36.4  
 (474.4)  $ 

 (676.0)
 (8.8)
 — 

 334.1 
 20.3 
 13.4 
 — 
 (4.8)
 (0.1)
 185.3 
 (136.6)
 9.1 

 (6.5)
 13.0 
 — 
 (73.3)
 (0.2)
 (87.3)
 (281.8)

 (9.0)
 10.1 
 — 
 (1.6)
 36.4 
 (245.9)

(1)  Included in outstanding shares as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are 3,140,168, 2,356,418 and 1,914,570, 

respectively of non-vested shares of restricted stock awards granted to employees and directors.   

(2)  See note 14. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 

 36.4   $   (87.3)  $ 

 185.3 

Year ended December 31,  

2019 

      2018 

2017 

(in millions) 

operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Gain on sale of Lawrence, Kansas system  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Loss (gain) on sale of assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Impairment losses on intangibles and goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Non-cash compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other non-cash items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

    206.2  
 4.3  
 16.9  
 —  
 5.4  
 4.7  
 —  
 9.7  
 10.1  
 0.6  

 186.9  
 (57.3) 
 20.2  
 —  
 (0.9) 
 4.7  
 —  
 216.3  
 13.0  
 —  

Receivables and other operating assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Payables and accruals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 (25.2) 
 (2.8) 

 (36.7) 
 10.4  

Net cash provided by operating activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   266.3   $   269.3   $ 
Cash flows from investing activities: 

Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  (247.5)  $  (314.1)  $ 
Proceeds from sale of Chicago fiber assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Proceeds from sale of Lawrence, Kansas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 24.7  
 —  
 (1.3) 

 22.6  
 —  
 3.8  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  (224.1)  $  (287.7)  $ 
Cash flows from financing activities: 

 198.1 
 (175.9)
 19.7 
 (38.4)
 (94.1)
 5.0 
 7.1 
 147.4 
 13.4 
 0.2 

 (27.0)
 (45.3)
 195.5 

 (301.3)
 221.6 
 213.0 
 1.2 
 134.5 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Payments on long-term debt and finance lease obligations  . . . . . . . . . . .   
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs . . . . . . .   
Contribution from Parent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Payment of debt issuance costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Repurchase of management units   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Purchase of shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

    (112.8) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (1.6) 
 —  

 80.0   $   110.0   $   2,454.3 
    (3,082.2)
 (74.3) 
 334.1 
 —  
 20.3 
 —  
 (3.7)
 —  
 (8.8)
 —  
 (4.8)
 (73.3) 
 (0.6)
 (0.2) 
 (291.4)
 38.6 
 30.8 
 69.4 

 (56.2) 
 69.4  
 13.2   $ 

Net cash used in financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   (34.4)  $   (37.8)  $ 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

 7.8  
 13.2  
 21.0   $ 

Cash paid during the year for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   139.0   $   126.8   $ 
Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
 11.9   $ 
 1.5   $ 
Insurance proceeds received for business interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 1.6   $ 
 9.6   $ 

 190.3 
 6.5 
 — 

Non-cash financing activities: 

Capital expenditure accounts payable and accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 16.8   $ 

 18.2   $ 

 11.0 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
       
       
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
WideOpenWest, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation 

Organization  

WideOpenWest, Inc. (“WOW” or the “Company”) is a fully integrated provider of high-speed data ("HSD"), cable 
television ("Video"), and digital telephony ("Telephony") services. The Company serves customers in nineteen 
Midwestern and Southeastern markets in the United States. The Company manages and operates its Midwestern 
broadband networks in Detroit and Lansing, Michigan; Chicago, Illinois; Cleveland and Columbus, Ohio; Evansville, 
Indiana and Baltimore, Maryland. The Southeastern systems are located in Augusta, Columbus, Newnan and West Point, 
Georgia; Charleston, South Carolina; Dothan, Auburn, Huntsville and Montgomery, Alabama; Knoxville, Tennessee; 
and Panama City and Pinellas County, Florida. 

On May 25, 2017, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its common stock, which are 
listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “WOW”. Prior to its IPO, WOW was wholly 
owned by Racecar Acquisition, LLC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of WideOpenWest Holdings, LLC (“former 
Parent”).  Prior to the IPO, the former Parent’s investment in WOW consisted of various classes of common units, which 
have been “pushed down” to the Company. Subsequent to the IPO, Racecar Acquisition, LLC (“Racecar Acquisition”) 
and former Parent do not own any shares in the Company as a result of a distribution of shares to their respective 
owners.  

Basis of Presentation 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America ("GAAP") and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the “SEC”). 

These accounting principles require management to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts 
and disclosures of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts and disclosures of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The 
Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes are reasonable 
under the circumstances. However, due to the inherent uncertainties in making estimates, actual results could differ from 
those estimates. 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period financial statement 
presentation with no effect on the Company’s previously reported results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. 

Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements  

In connection with the preparation of its consolidated financial statements, the Company identified an immaterial error 
related to the recognition of deferred tax assets related to state bonus depreciation modification in certain states in prior 
periods. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins SAB Topic 1.M, “Assessing Materiality” and SAB 
Topic 1.N “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year 
Financial Statements”, the Company evaluated the error, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors, and 
determined (i) that the related impact was immaterial to its financial statements for any prior annual or interim period, 
(ii) leaving it uncorrected, however, would misstate the current period, and (iii) that correcting the impact of the error in 
the respective annual or interim periods would be helpful to understanding our results of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. Accordingly, the Company has revised previously reported financial information for such 
immaterial error. A summary of revisions to certain previously reported financial information presented herein for 
comparative purposes is included in Note 21.   

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of WOW reflect all transactions of WideOpenWest, Inc. and its 
wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in 
consolidation.  

Certain employees of WOW participated in equity plans administered by the Company’s former Parent. As the 
management units from the equity plan were issued from the former Parent’s ownership structure, the management 
units’ value directly correlated to the results of WOW, as the primary asset of the former Parent’s investment in WOW. 
The management units for the equity plan have been “pushed down” to the Company, as the management units had been 
utilized as equity-based compensation for WOW management. Immediately prior to the Company’s IPO, these 
management units were cancelled. See Note 14 – Stock-based Compensation for further discussion.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash equivalents represent short-term investments consisting of money market funds that are carried at cost, which 
approximates fair value. The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or 
less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. 

Provision for Doubtful Accounts 

The provision for doubtful accounts and the allowance for doubtful accounts are based on historical trends. The 
Company’s policy to reserve for potential bad debts is based on the aging of the individual receivables. The Company 
manages credit risk by disconnecting services to customers who are delinquent, generally after sixty days of 
delinquency. The individual receivables are written-off after all reasonable efforts to collect the funds have been made. 
Actual write-offs may differ from the amounts reserved. 

The following table presents the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31: 

Balance at beginning of year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Provision charged to expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Accounts written off, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 
 7.5   $ 
 16.9  
 (16.9)  
 —  
 7.5   $ 

 5.8 
 20.2 
 (19.7)
 1.2 
 7.5 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and primarily represent 
costs associated with the construction of cable transmission and distribution facilities and new service installations at the 
customer location. Capitalized costs include materials, labor, and certain indirect costs attributable to the capitalization 
activity. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of an asset, the cost and related 
depreciation and amortization are removed from the related accounts and resulting gains or losses are reflected in 
operating results. The Company makes judgments regarding the installation and construction activities to be capitalized. 
The Company capitalizes direct labor associated with capitalizable activities and indirect costs using standards 
developed from operational data, including the proportionate time to perform a new installation relative to the total 
installation activities and an evaluation of the nature of the indirect costs incurred to support capitalizable activities. 
Judgment is required to determine the extent to which indirect costs incurred are related to capitalizable activities. 
Indirect costs include (i) employee benefits and payroll taxes associated with capitalized direct labor, (ii) direct variable 
costs of installation and construction, (iii) the direct variable costs of support personnel directly involved in assisting 
with installation activities, such as dispatchers and (iv) other indirect costs directly attributable to capitalizable activities. 

F-9 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful life upon being placed into service. Depreciation 
of property, plant and equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis, over the following estimated useful lives:  

Asset Category 
Office and technical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Computer equipment and software  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Customer premise equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Telephony infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Headend equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Distribution facilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Building and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

  Estimated Useful 
      Lives (Years) 
3 - 10   
3   
5   
5   
5 - 7   
7   
10   
5 - 20   

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives or lease terms. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill 

Intangible assets consist primarily of acquired franchise operating rights and goodwill. Franchise operating rights 
represent the value attributable to agreements with local franchising authorities, which allow access to homes in the 
public right of way. The Company’s franchise operating rights were acquired through business combinations. The 
Company does not amortize franchise operating rights as it has determined that they have an indefinite life. Costs 
incurred in negotiating and renewing franchise operating agreements are expensed as incurred. Franchise related 
customer relationships represent the value to the Company of the benefit of acquiring the existing cable subscriber base 
and are amortized over the estimated life of the subscriber base (four years) on a straight-line basis, which is shorter than 
the economic useful life, which approximates an accelerated method. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over 
the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. 

Asset Impairments 

Significant judgment by management is required to determine estimates and assumptions used in the valuation of 
property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill. 

Long-lived Assets 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets whenever events or substantive changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The evaluation is based on the undiscounted 
cash flows generated by the underlying asset groups, including estimated future operating results, trends or other 
determinants of fair value. If the total of the expected future undiscounted cash flows were less than the carrying amount 
of the asset group, the Company would recognize an impairment charge to the extent the carrying amount of the asset 
group exceeds its estimated fair value. The Company had no triggering events or impairment of its long-lived assets in 
any of the periods presented. 

Franchise Operating Rights 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its franchise operating rights at least annually on October 1, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The 
Company evaluates the franchise operating rights for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the intangible asset 
to its estimated fair value utilizing both quantitative and qualitative methods. Any excess of the carrying value over the 
fair value would be expensed as an impairment loss. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company calculates the fair value of franchise operating rights using the multi-period excess earnings method, an 
income approach, which calculates the value of an intangible asset by discounting its future cash flows. The fair value is 
determined based on estimated discrete discounted future cash flows attributable to each franchise operating right 
intangible asset using assumptions consistent with internal forecasts. Assumptions key in estimating fair value under this 
method include, but are not limited to, revenue and subscriber growth rates (less anticipated customer churn), operating 
expenditures, capital expenditures (including any build out), market share achieved, contributory asset charge rates, tax 
rates and discount rate. The discount rate used in the model represents a weighted average cost of capital and the 
perceived risk associated with an intangible asset such as franchise operating rights. See Note 7 - Franchise Operating 
Rights & Goodwill for discussion of impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017. 

Goodwill  

The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill at least annually on October 1, or more frequently whenever 
events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company may first choose 
to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company performs a quantitative analysis. The 
Company may also choose to by-pass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative analysis. 

In the quantitative analysis, the Company utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis or a market approach to estimate the 
fair value of goodwill and compares such value to the carrying amount. Any excess of the carrying value of goodwill 
over the estimated fair value of goodwill would be expensed as an impairment loss. 

The Company assessed its reporting units as part of its annual analysis on October 1 and determined that it had one 
reporting unit for purposes of its goodwill analysis. See Note 7 - Franchise Operating Rights & Goodwill for a 
discussion of impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt issuance costs incurred by the Company are capitalized and amortized over the life of the related debt using the 
effective interest rate method and are included as a reduction in long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated 
balance sheets. Amortization of debt issuance costs are included in interest expense on the accompanying consolidated 
statements of operations. 

Other Noncurrent Assets 

Other noncurrent assets are comprised primarily of long-term software costs and long-term deferred contract costs. 
These amounts are recognized as operating expenses or selling, general, and administrative expense over the period of 
usage. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents are carried at fair value. The 
carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate 
fair value due to their short-term maturities. The fair value of long-term debt is based on the debt’s variable rate of 
interest and the Company’s own credit risk and risk of nonperformance, as required by the GAAP.  

Certain financial instruments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial 
instruments consist primarily of trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents. The Company places its cash and cash 
equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company does not enter into master netting arrangements. 
The Company periodically assesses the creditworthiness of the institutions with which it invests. The Company does, 
however, maintain invested balances in excess of federally insured limits; however, the Company has never experienced 
any losses related to these balances. 

F-11 

Programming Costs and Deferred Credits 

Programming is acquired for distribution to subscribers, generally pursuant to multi-year license agreements, with rates 
typically based on the number of subscribers that receive the programming. These programming costs are included in 
operating expenses in the month the programming is distributed. 

Deferred credits consist primarily of incentives received or receivable from cable networks for license of their 
programming. These incentive payments are deferred to accrued liabilities and other on the consolidated balance sheet 
and recognized over the term of the related programming agreements as a reduction to programming costs in operating 
expenses. 

Asset Retirement Obligations 

The Company accounts for its asset retirement obligations by recognizing a liability for the fair value of a conditional 
asset retirement obligation when incurred if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. 

Certain of the Company’s franchise agreements and leases contain provisions requiring the Company to restore facilities 
or remove equipment upon the maturity of the franchise or lease agreement. The Company expects to continually renew 
its franchise agreements. Accordingly, the Company has determined a remote possibility that the Company would be 
required to incur significant restoration or removal costs related to these franchise agreements in the foreseeable future. 
An estimated liability, which could be significant, would be recorded in the unlikely event a franchise agreement 
containing such a provision were no longer expected to be renewed. 

An estimate of the obligations related to the removal provisions contained in the Company’s lease agreements has been 
made and recorded in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet; however, the amount is not material. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, on January 1, 2018 using the modified 
retrospective method. The reported results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 reflect the application of 
ASC 606, while the reported results for the year ended December 31, 2017 were prepared under ASC Topic 605, 
Revenue Recognition.  

Residential and business subscription services revenue consists primarily of monthly recurring charges for HSD, Video, 
and Telephony services, including charges for equipment rentals and other regulatory fees, and non-recurring charges for 
optional services, such as pay-per-view, video-on-demand, and other events provided to the customer. Monthly charges 
for residential and business subscription services are billed in advance and recognized as revenue over the period of time 
the associated services are provided to the customer. Charges for optional services are generally billed in arrears and 
revenues are recognized at the point in time when the services are provided to the customer. Residential and business 
customers may be charged non-recurring upfront fees associated with installation and other administrative activities. 
Charges for upfront fees associated with installation and other administrative activities are initially recorded as unearned 
service revenue and recognized as revenue over the expected period of benefit for residential customers and over the 
contract term for business customers. 

The Company is required to pay certain cable franchising authorities an amount based on the percentage of gross 
revenue derived from Video services. The Company generally passes these fees and other similar regulatory and 
ancillary fees on to the customer. Revenues from regulatory and other ancillary fees passed on to the customer are 
reported with the associated service revenue and the corresponding costs are reported as an operating expense.  

F-12 

 
 
The Company’s trade receivables are subject to credit risk, as customer deposits are generally not required. The 
Company’s credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment 
terms. The Company manages credit risk by screening applicants through the use of internal customer information, 
identification verification tools and credit bureau data. If a customer account is delinquent, various measures are used to 
collect amounts owed, including termination of the customer’s service. 

Costs and Expenses 

The Company’s expenses consist of operating, selling, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and 
amortization expense and interest expense. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received business 
interruption insurance proceeds as a result of Hurricane Michael; the receipt of which is recorded to operating expense in 
the statements of operations.  

Advertising Costs 

The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the 
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense during the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 was $33.6 million, $31.2 million and $23.3 million, respectively. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities 
and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities 
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. Additionally, the impact of 
changes in the tax rates and laws on deferred taxes, if any, is reflected in the financial statements in the period of 
enactment. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than 
not be realized. To the extent that a determination was made to establish or adjust a valuation allowance, the expense or 
benefit is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. 

From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. 
Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. The Company 
prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, the 
tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax, interest 
and penalty assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company’s income tax provision for financial 
reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain income tax positions unless such positions are 
determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination, based on their technical merits. That is, for 
financial reporting purposes, the Company only recognizes tax benefits taken on the tax return that the Company 
believes are more likely than not of being sustained upon examination. There is considerable judgment involved in 
determining whether positions taken on the tax return are more likely than not of being sustained. 

The Company adjusts its tax reserve estimates periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, 
the various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. The consolidated income 
tax provision of any given year includes adjustments to prior year income tax accruals that are considered appropriate 
and any related estimated interest and penalties. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and 
penalties on uncertain income tax positions as part of income tax provision. 

F-13 

 
Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates by 
entering into interest rate exchange agreements such as interest rate swaps. All derivatives, whether designated as a 
hedge or not, are required to be recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as 
a hedge and is highly effective as a hedging instrument, recognition of changes in fair value depend on whether the 
derivative is used in a fair value hedge, in which changes are recognized in earnings, or cash flow hedge, in which 
changes are recognized in other comprehensive income. If the derivative is not designated as a hedge, changes in the fair 
value of the derivative are recognized in earnings. Refer to Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities for 
a discussion of hedging activities for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The Company’s stock-based compensation consists of awards of management incentive units (prior to the Company’s 
IPO) and restricted stock awards (subsequent to the Company’s IPO). Compensation costs associated with these awards 
are based on the estimated fair value at the date of grant and are recognized over the period in which any related services 
are provided or when it is probable any related performance condition will be met and distributions are declared. The 
Company currently does not estimate forfeitures on the restricted stock awards but accounts for forfeitures as they occur.  

Segments 

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) regularly reviews the Company’s results to assess the 
Company’s performance and allocates resources at a consolidated level. Although the consolidated results include the 
Company’s three products (i) HSD; (ii) Video; and (iii) Telephony and are used to assess performance by product(s), 
decisions to allocate resources (including capital) are made to benefit the consolidated Company. The three products are 
delivered through a unified network and have similar types or classes of customers. Furthermore, the decision to allocate 
resources to plant maintenance and to upgrade the Company’s service delivery over a unified network to the customer 
benefits all three product offerings and is not based on any given service product. As such, management has determined 
that the Company has one reportable segment, broadband services. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

ASU-2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a 
Service Contract 

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
(“ASU”) 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That 
is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which requires a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to 
apply the guidance on internal-use software to determine which implementation costs to recognize as an asset and which 
costs to expense. Costs to develop or obtain internal-use software that cannot be capitalized under Subtopic 350-40, 
Internal-Use Software, such as training costs and certain data conversion costs, also cannot be capitalized for a hosting 
arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments require a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service 
contract to determine whether an implementation activity relates to the preliminary project stage, the application 
development stage, or the post-implementation stage. Costs for implementation activities in the application development 
stage will be capitalized depending on the nature of the costs, while costs incurred during the preliminary project and 
post-implementation stages will be expensed immediately. ASU 2018-15 is effective for public business entities for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is 
permitted. The Company plans to adopt this guidance prospectively as of January 1, 2020. The adoption will not have a 
material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

F-14 

ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes—Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes  

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income 
Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the 
general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other 
areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public business entities 
for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is 
currently evaluating the timing of adopting this guidance and the impact of adoption on its financial position, results of 
operations and cash flows.  

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity is 
required to recognize right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information 
about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and 
leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing 
arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows 
arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 
2018 (January 1, 2019 for the Company). ASU 2016-02 was subsequently amended by ASU 2018-01, Land Easement 
Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842, ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, 
ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements (“ASU 2018-11”) and ASU 2018-20, Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors. 

The Company adopted the new lease standard using the effective date method as of January 1, 2019 as allowed under 
ASU 2018-11. Consequently, financial information will not be retrospectively restated and the disclosures required 
under the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods before January 1, 2019. 

The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company elected the ‘package of 
practical expedients’, which permits the Company to not reassess the Company’s prior conclusions about lease 
identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. Additionally, the Company elected the practical expedient 
pertaining to land easements, which allows the Company to not evaluate under Topic 842 existing or expired land 
easements that were not previously accounted for as leases under Topic 840. The Company did not elect the use-of-
hindsight transition practical expedient. 

Topic 842 also provides practical expedients for the Company’s ongoing accounting. The Company elected the short-
term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify, meaning the Company will not recognize right-of-use assets 
or lease liabilities for existing and new lease agreements that have a lease term of twelve months or less and do not 
include a purchase option. Additionally, the Company elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease 
components for all of its leases, including those for which the Company is a lessee and those for which it is a lessor. 

Adoption of ASU 2016-02 resulted in the recording of ROU assets and liabilities for the Company’s operating leases of 
approximately $23.9 million and $25.0 million, respectively, as of January 1, 2019. The difference between the ROU 
assets and lease liabilities primarily represents the existing prepaid rent balance, which was reclassified upon adoption. 
The Company’s accounting for finance and operating leases, as lessor, remained substantially unchanged. The adoption 
of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or liquidity. The 
adoption resulted in additional interim and annual lease disclosures. 

F-15 

 
3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

Residential and Business Subscription Services 

Residential and business subscription services revenue consists primarily of monthly recurring charges for HSD, Video, 
and Telephony services, including charges for equipment rentals and other regulatory fees, and non-recurring charges for 
optional services, such as pay-per-view, video-on-demand, and other events provided to the customer. Monthly charges 
for residential and business subscription services are billed in advance and recognized as revenue over the period of time 
the associated services are provided to the customer. Charges for optional services are generally billed in arrears and 
revenue is recognized at the point in time when the services are provided to the customer. 

•  HSD revenue consists primarily of fixed monthly fees for data service, including charges for rentals of 
modems, and revenue recognized related to non-recurring upfront fees associated with installation and 
other administrative activities provided to HSD customers. 

•  Video revenue consists of fixed monthly fees for basic, premium and digital cable television services, 

including charges for rentals of video converter equipment, other regulatory fees, and revenue recognized 
related to non-recurring upfront fees associated with installation and other administrative activities 
provided to video customers, as well as non-recurring charges for optional services, such as pay-per-view, 
video-on-demand and other events provided to the customer.  

•  Telephony revenue consists of fixed monthly fees for local services, including certain regulatory and 

ancillary customer fees, and enhanced services, such as call waiting and voice mail, revenue recognized 
related to non-recurring upfront fees associated with installation and other administrative activities 
provided to telephony customers as well as charges for measured and flat rate long-distance service.  

While a portion of residential customers have entered into contracts for subscription services ranging from 12 months to 
24 months in length, the Company recognizes revenue for these customers on a basis that is consistent with customers 
that have entered into month-to-month contracts as the early termination fees within these contracts are not considered to 
be material. The Company’s business customers have entered into non-cancellable contracts for subscription services 
averaging 30 months.  

The Company is required to pay certain cable franchising authorities an amount based on the percentage of gross 
revenue derived from video services. The Company generally passes these fees and other similar regulatory and ancillary 
fees on to the customer. Revenues from regulatory and other ancillary fees passed on to the customer are reported with 
the associated service revenue and the corresponding costs are reported as an operating expense. 

Bundled Subscription Services 

The Company often markets multiple subscription services as part of a bundled arrangement that may include a discount. 
When customers have entered into a bundled service arrangement, the total transaction price for the bundled 
arrangement is allocated between the separate services included in the bundle based on their relative stand-alone selling 
prices. The allocation of the transaction price in bundled services requires judgment, particularly in determining the 
stand-alone selling prices for the separate services included in the bundle. The stand-alone selling price for the majority 
of services are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells the service. For services sold on an 
infrequent basis and for a wide range of prices, the Company estimates stand-alone selling prices using the adjusted 
market assessment approach, which considers the prices of competitors for similar services. 

F-16 

Other Business Services Revenue 

Other business services revenue consists primarily of monthly recurring charges for session initiated protocol, web 
hosting, metro Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband carrier, and cloud infrastructure services provided to business 
customers. Monthly charges for other business services are generally billed in advance and recognized as revenue when 
the associated services are provided to the customer.  

Other Revenue 

Other revenue consists primarily of revenue from line assurance warranty services provided to residential and business 
customers and revenue from advertising placement. Monthly charges for line assurance warranty services are generally 
billed in advance and recognized as revenue over the period of time the warranty services are provided to the customer. 
Charges for advertising placement are generally billed in arrears and recognized as revenue at the point in time when the 
advertising is distributed. 

Revenue by Service Offering 

The following table presents revenue by service offering: 

Year ended December 31,  

  Residential   
    Subscription     Subscription      Revenue 

Total 

2019 
Business 

  Residential   
     Subscription      Subscription      Revenue 

Total 

2018 
Business 

HSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Telephony  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Total subscription services revenue . . .    $ 
Other business services revenue(1) . . . .     
Other revenue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 440.7    $ 
 417.4      
 59.9      
 918.0    $ 
 —     
 —     
 918.0    $ 

 80.3    $ 
 14.6     
 42.8     

 521.0    $ 
 432.0     
 102.7     
 137.7    $   1,055.7    $ 
 27.4     
 62.7     
 137.7    $   1,145.8    $ 

 —     
 —     

 393.6    $ 
 465.3     
 74.4     
 933.3    $ 
 —     
 —     
 933.3    $ 

(in millions) 

 73.5    $ 
 14.1     
 41.9     

 467.1 
 479.4 
 116.3 
 129.5    $   1,062.8 
 28.1 
 62.9 
 129.5    $   1,153.8 

 —     
 —     

(1)  Includes wholesale and colocation revenue of $21.6 million and $21.9 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Costs of Obtaining Contracts with Customers 

The Company recognizes an asset for incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers when it expects to recover 
those costs. Costs which would be incurred regardless of whether a contract is obtained are expensed as they are 
incurred.  Costs of obtaining contracts with customers are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which generally 
ranges from three to four years for residential customers and six to seven years for business customers. The current 
portion and the non-current portion of costs of obtaining contracts with customers are included in prepaid expenses and 
other and other noncurrent assets, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Amortization of costs of 
obtaining contracts with customers is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Company’s 
consolidated statements of operations. 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the activity and current and non-current costs of obtaining contracts with customers as of 
the end of the corresponding periods:  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Impact of change in accounting policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Deferral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 26.3   $ 
 —  
 22.2  
 (7.8) 
 40.7   $ 

 — 
 11.4 
 19.0 
 (4.1) 
 26.3 

Current costs of obtaining contracts with customers, end of period . . .    $ 
Non-current costs of obtaining contracts with customers, end of 

 10.0   $ 

 6.0 

period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total costs of obtaining contracts with customers, end of period  . . .    $ 

 30.7  
 40.7   $ 

 20.3 
 26.3 

Contract Liabilities 

Monthly charges for residential and business subscription services are billed in advance and recorded as unearned 
service revenue. Residential and business customers may be charged non-recurring upfront fees associated with 
installation and other administrative activities. Charges for upfront fees associated with installation and other 
administrative activities are initially recorded as unearned service revenue and recognized as revenue over the expected 
period of benefit for residential customers, which has been estimated as five months, and over the contract term for 
business customers, which has been estimated as thirty months. The Company has estimated the expected period of 
benefit for residential customers based on consideration of quantitative and qualitative factors including the average 
installation fee charged, the average monthly revenue per customer, and customer behavior. The current portion and the 
non-current portion of contract liabilities are included in current portion of unearned service revenue and other non-
current liabilities, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. 

The following tables present the activity and current and non-current contract liabilities as of the end of the 
corresponding periods:  

Balance at beginning of year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Impact of change in accounting policy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Deferral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Revenue recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 
 3.9   $ 
 —  
 16.1  
 (15.8) 

 4.2   $ 

 — 
 2.1 
 17.5 
 (15.7)
 3.9 

Current contract liabilities, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Non-current contract liabilities, end of period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Total contract liabilities, end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 3.6   $ 
 0.6  
 4.2   $ 

 3.3 
 0.6 
 3.9 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Unsatisfied Performance Obligations 

Revenue from month-to-month residential subscription service contracts have historically represented a significant 
portion of the Company’s revenue and the Company expects that this will continue to be the case in future periods. All 
residential subscription service performance obligations will be satisfied within one year.  

A summary of expected business subscription service revenue to be recognized in future periods related to performance 
obligations which have not been satisfied or are partially unsatisfied as of December 31, 2019 is set forth in the table 
below: 

     2020 

     2021 

     2022 

    Thereafter       Total 

(in millions) 
Subscription services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  74.5   $  42.5   $  15.5   $ 
Other business services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

    3.6  

    2.2  

 0.9  

Total expected revenue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  78.1   $  44.7   $  16.4   $ 

4. Asset Sales 

Sale of Chicago Fiber Network 

 25.3   $ 157.8 
 7.1 
 0.4  
 25.7   $ 164.9 

On August 1, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell a portion of its fiber network in the 
Company’s Chicago market to a subsidiary of Verizon for $225.0 million in cash. On December 14, 2017, the Company 
finalized the sale by entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with a subsidiary of Verizon. As a result, the 
Company recorded a gain on sale of assets of $93.7 million.  

In addition to the APA, the Company and a subsidiary of Verizon entered into a Construction Services Agreement 
pursuant to which the Company agreed to complete the build-out of the network in exchange for $50.0 million, which 
represented the estimated remaining build-out costs to complete the network. The $50.0 million was recognized over 
time as such network elements were completed and accepted. The Company completed the network build-out during the 
third quarter of 2019. 

The Company recognized a $3.3 million loss on sale of assets resulting from the completion of the Construction Services 
Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company recognized a $2.0 million and $0.4 million gain on 
sale of assets related to the Construction Services Agreement for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. 

Sale of Lawrence, Kansas System 

On January 12, 2017, the Company and Midcontinent Communications (“MidCo”) consummated an asset purchase 
agreement under which MidCo acquired the Company’s Lawrence, Kansas system for net proceeds of approximately 
$213.0 million in cash, subject to certain normal and customary purchase price adjustments set forth in the agreement. 
As a result of the asset purchase agreement, the Company recorded a gain on sale of assets of $38.4 million. The results 
of the Company’s Lawrence, Kansas system are included in the first 12 days of the year ended December 31, 2017 
consolidated financial statements. The Company and MidCo also entered into a transition services agreement under 
which the Company provided certain services to MidCo on a transitional basis. The transition services agreement, 
originally expiring on July 1, 2017, was extended to September 28, 2017. Charges for the transition services generally 
allowed the Company to fully recover all allowed costs and allocated expenses incurred in connection with providing 
these services, generally without profit.   

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
5. Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following: 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

Distribution facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   1,780.7   $   1,543.3 
Customer premise equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 440.4 
Head-end equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 321.9 
Telephony infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 94.8 
 129.1 
Computer equipment and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 36.5 
Vehicles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Buildings and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 46.3 
Office and technical equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 32.7 
Land  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 6.2 
Construction in progress (including material inventory and other) . . . .   
 157.8 
Total property, plant and equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
    2,809.0 
   (1,755.6)
Less accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
  $   1,073.7   $   1,053.4 

 460.1  
 341.2  
 97.9  
 146.4  
 37.0  
 49.5  
 33.5  
 6.2  
 61.2  
    3,013.7  
   (1,940.0) 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $204.4 million, $185.1 million, and 
$196.2 million, respectively. Included in the loss (gain) on sale of assets were write-offs of obsolete assets of 
$2.4 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

6. Leases 

The Company leases certain property, vehicles and equipment for use in its operations. The Company determines if an 
arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components 
and has elected to not separate these components for all classes of underlying assets. Leases with an initial term of 12 
months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. Leases with initial terms greater than 12 months are 
recorded as operating or financing leases on the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2019, financing lease 
assets of $22.7 million are included in property, plant and equipment on the consolidated balance sheet. Financing lease 
liabilities are included within the current and long-term portions of long-term debt and finance lease obligations of $8.1 
million and $15.0 million, respectively. 

Right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities are recognized upon lease commencement based on the present value of the 
future minimum lease payments over the lease term. The Company utilizes a collateralized incremental borrowing rate 
based on information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future payments, 
unless the rate is implicit in the lease agreement. The operating and finance leases may contain variable payments for 
common-area maintenance, taxes and insurance, and repairs and maintenance. Variable payments are recognized when 
incurred and not included in the measurement of the right-of-use asset and lease liability. In instances where customer 
premise equipment (“CPE”) would qualify as a lease, the Company applies the practical expedient to combine the 
operating lease with the subscription revenue as a single performance obligation in accordance with revenue recognition 
accounting guidance as the subscription service is the predominant component. 

The Company’s lease agreements may contain options to extend the lease term beyond the initial term, termination 
options, and options to purchase the underlying asset. The Company has not included these options in the lease term or 
the related payments in the measurement of the ROU asset and lease liabilities as the Company has determined the 
options are not reasonably certain to be exercised. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Lease components are classified as follows: 

Classification 

Year ended  
December 31, 2019 
(in millions) 

Finance lease cost 

Amortization of leased asset  . . . . . . . . .    Depreciation  
Interest on lease liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . .   

Interest expense  

Operating lease cost(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    Operating expense 
Net lease cost  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

     $ 

$ 

 5.3 
 0.6 
 9.8 
 15.7 

(1)  Includes short-term lease and variable costs of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company 
recognized rental expense under operating lease agreements of $9.2 million and $8.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

The following table presents aggregate lease maturities as of December 31, 2019:  

Finance Leases 

      Operating Leases 
(in millions) 

Total  

2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Less: interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Present value of lease liabilities   . . . .    $ 

 8.9   $ 
 8.8  
 5.1  
 1.2  
 0.5  
 —  
 24.5  
 1.4  
 23.1   $ 

 7.7   $ 
 6.9  
 6.1  
 4.5  
 3.1  
 6.8  
 35.1  
 5.6  
 29.5   $ 

 16.6 
 15.7 
 11.2 
 5.7 
 3.6 
 6.8 
 59.6 
 7.0 
 52.6 

The following table presents aggregate lease maturities as of December 31, 2018:  

Finance Leases 

      Operating Leases 
(in millions) 

Total  

2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 1.3   $ 
 1.3  
 1.2  
 0.9  
 0.4  
 —  
 5.1   $ 

 7.2   $ 
 5.4  
 4.7  
 4.0  
 2.4  
 6.5  
 30.2   $ 

 8.5 
 6.7 
 5.9 
 4.9 
 2.8 
 6.5 
 35.3 

The following table presents weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates:  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)  

Finance Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Operating Leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Weighted-average discount rate  

Finance Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Operating Leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Year ended  
December 31, 2019 

 3.0  
 5.6  

 4.56 % 
 6.21 % 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
    
 
 
 
The following table presents other information related to operating and finance leases:  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:  

Operating cash flows from operating leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Operating cash flows from finance leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Financing cash flows from finance leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations: 

Finance leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

7. Franchise Operating Rights & Goodwill 

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 
(in millions) 

 — 
 0.6 
 5.0 

 23.5 
 10.8 

Changes in the carrying amounts of the Company’s franchise operating rights and goodwill during 2019 and 2018 are set 
forth below: 

Franchise operating rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Goodwill   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

Franchise operating rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Goodwill   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

Franchise Operating Rights 

January 1, 
2019 

Impairment        
(in millions) 

December 31,  
2019 

 809.2   $ 
 408.8  
 1,218.0   $ 

 (9.7)  $ 
 —  
 (9.7)  $ 

 799.5 
 408.8 
 1,208.3 

January 1, 
2018 

Impairment        
(in millions) 

December 31,  
2018 

 952.4   $ 
 481.9  
 1,434.3   $ 

 (143.2)  $ 

 (73.1) 

 (216.3)  $ 

 809.2 
 408.8 
 1,218.0 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its franchise operating rights at least annually on October 1, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. Franchise 
operating rights are evaluated for impairment by comparing the carrying value of the intangible asset to its estimated fair 
value, utilizing both quantitative and qualitative methods, at the reporting unit level. Reporting units identified generally 
represent the markets in which the Company operates. Qualitative analysis is performed for franchise assets in the event 
the previous analysis indicates that there is a significant margin between the estimated fair value of franchise operating 
rights and the carrying value of those rights, and that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value equals or 
exceeds its carrying value.  

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
For franchise operating rights that were evaluated using quantitative analysis, the Company calculates the estimated fair 
value of franchise operating rights using the multi-period excess earnings method, an income approach, which calculates 
the estimated fair value of an intangible asset by discounting its future cash flows. The estimated fair value is determined 
based on discrete discounted future cash flows attributable to each franchise operating right intangible asset using 
assumptions consistent with internal forecasts. Assumptions key in estimating fair value under this method include, but 
are not limited to, revenue and subscriber growth rates (less anticipated customer churn), operating expenditures, capital 
expenditures (including any build out), market share achieved or market multiples, contributory asset charge rates, tax 
rates and a discount rate. The discount rate used in the model represents a weighted average cost of capital and the 
perceived risk associated with an intangible asset such as the Company’s franchise operating rights. If the fair value of 
the franchise operating right asset was less than its carrying value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the 
difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the asset. 

As a result of the analysis performed on October 1, 2019, the estimated fair value of two reporting units was determined 
to be below the carrying value, which resulted in the recognition of non-cash impairment losses of $4.2 million and $5.5 
million in the Newnan, GA and Dothan, AL reporting units, respectively.  

The Company recognized non-cash impairment losses of $9.7 million, $143.2 million, and $14.1 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively. The primary driver of the impairment charges in the years 
presented was a decline in estimated fair market value of the price of indefinite-lived intangible assets in certain 
reporting units, as indicated by the decline in the Company’s common stock.  The impairment charges do not have an 
impact on the Company’s intent and/or ability to renew or extend existing franchise operating rights. 

Goodwill  

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually on October 1, at the reporting unit level utilizing both 
quantitative and qualitative methods. Qualitative analysis is performed for goodwill in the event the previous analysis 
indicates that there is a significant margin between estimated fair value and carrying value of goodwill, and that it is 
more likely than not that the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value. Any excess of the carrying value of 
goodwill over the estimated fair value of goodwill is expensed as an impairment loss. 

For the 2017 and 2018 quantitative evaluations of goodwill, the Company utilized both an income approach as well as a 
market approach. The income approach utilized a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate the fair value of the 
Company, while the market approach utilized multiples derived from actual precedent transactions of similar businesses, 
the market value of the Company and market valuations of guideline public companies. As part of the 2018 analysis, the 
Company recognized a change in reporting units as a result of significant changes in personnel, reporting and operating 
structure which occurred throughout 2018. As a result of this change, the Company completed an assessment of any 
potential impairment for all reporting units immediately prior to and after the reporting unit change and determined no 
impairment existed. 

For the 2019 evaluation of goodwill, the Company determined the estimated fair value utilizing a market approach that 
incorporated the approximate market capitalization as of the annual testing date, increased by the quoted market price of 
the Company’s debt and adjusted for a control premium. The change in approach is attributed to the change to a single 
reporting unit in the 2018 quantitative evaluation. As a result of the analysis performed on October 1, 2019, the 
estimated fair value of goodwill exceeded the carrying value and as such, no impairment existed.  

The Company recognized non-cash impairment losses of nil, $73.1 million and $133.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The primary driver of the impairment charge in 2018 was a decline 
estimated fair market value of in the price of goodwill in certain reporting units, as indicated by the decline in the 
Company’s common stock. The Company recognized the 2018 impairment charge as a result of the identification of a 
triggering event in the first quarter of 2018. The Company has accumulated impairment losses of $206.4 million for both 
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

F-23 

 
8. Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization 

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist primarily of multiple-dwelling unit and customer relationships. Changes 
in the carrying amounts during 2019 and 2018 are set forth below: 

Customer relationships  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

  $ 

 1.5   $ 
 2.1  
 3.6   $ 

(in millions) 

 —   $ 
 1.1  
 1.1   $ 

 (1.0)  $ 
 (0.8) 
 (1.8)  $ 

 0.5 
 2.4 
 2.9 

  January 1,  

  December 31,  

2019 

    Acquisitions     Amortization    

2019 

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

 2.5   $ 
 3.0  
 5.5   $ 

(in millions) 

 —   $ 
 0.4  
 0.4   $ 

 (1.0)  $ 
 (1.3) 
 (2.3)  $ 

 1.5 
 2.1 
 3.6 

  January 1,  

  December 31,  

2018 

    Acquisitions     Amortization     

2018 

Amortization expense is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying consolidated statements 
of operations. Amortization expense for years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $1.8 million, $2.3 million 
and $2.6 million, respectively. 

Scheduled amortization of the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 for the next five years is as follows 
(in millions): 

2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $ 
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

 0.9 
 0.4 
 0.4 
 0.3 
 0.3 
 0.6 
 2.9 

9. Accrued Liabilities and Other 

Accrued liabilities and other consist of the following: 

Programming costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Franchise and revenue sharing fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Payroll and employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Property, income, sales and use taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Utility pole rentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Interest rate swaps  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

 33.4   $ 
 10.9  
 20.8  
 2.4  
 3.4  
 14.7  
 10.0  
 95.6   $ 

 35.4 
 12.0 
 19.7 
 7.4 
 2.5 
 2.6 
 13.6 
 93.2 

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
10. Long-Term Debt and Finance Lease Obligations 

The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term debt and finance lease obligations: 

December 31, 2019 

  December 31,  

2018 

    Available    
  borrowing   
capacity 

Effective 
  interest rate(1)      

  Outstanding    Outstanding 

balance 

balance 

Long-term debt: 

Term B Loans, net(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
 —    
Revolving Credit Facility(3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         239.5    
Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   239.5    
Finance lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Total long-term debt and finance lease obligations  . .       
Debt issuance costs, net(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Sub-total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Less current portion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Long-term portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       

(in millions) 

5.59  %   $   2,220.3    $ 
4.73  %    

 55.0   
    2,275.3   
 23.1   
    2,298.4   
 (8.0) 
    2,290.4   
 (30.9) 
$   2,259.5    $ 

 2,240.9 
 60.0 
 2,300.9 
 5.1 
 2,306.0 
 (10.5) 
 2,295.5 
 (24.1) 
 2,271.4 

(1)  Represents the effective interest rate in effect for all borrowings outstanding as of the year ended 

December 31, 2019 pursuant to each debt instrument including the applicable margin. 

(2)  At December 31, 2019 and 2018 includes $8.4 million and $10.6 million of net unamortized discounts, respectively. 
(3)  Available borrowing capacity at December 31, 2019 represents $300.0 million of total availability less borrowings 
of $55.0 million on the Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit of $5.5 million. Letters of credit 
are used in the ordinary course of business and are released when the respective contractual obligations have been 
fulfilled by the Company. 

(4)   At December 31, 2019 and 2018, debt issuance costs include $6.0 million and $7.7 million related to Term B Loans 

and $2.0 million and $2.8 million related to the Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. 

Refinancing of the Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Facility 

On July 17, 2017, the Company entered into an eighth amendment (“Eighth Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement, with 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent and revolver agent. Under the Eighth Amendment, (i) the 
Company borrowed new Term B loans in an aggregate principal amount of $230.5 million, for a total outstanding Term 
B loan principal amount of $2.28 billion and (ii) the revolving credit commitments were increased by an aggregate 
principal amount of $100.0 million, for a total outstanding revolving credit commitment of $300.0 million available to 
the Company under the revolving credit facility. The new Term B loans will mature on August 19, 2023 and bear 
interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to ABR plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25%. Borrowings under the 
revolving credit facility will mature on May 31, 2022 and bear interest, at the Company's option, at a rate equal to ABR 
plus 2.00% or LIBOR plus 3.00%. The guarantees, collateral and covenants in the Eighth Amendment remain 
unchanged from those contained in the credit agreement prior to the Eighth Amendment. As a result of the re-financing, 
the Company recorded a $6.3 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of unamortized debt 
issuance costs and third party costs.  

On May 31, 2017, the Company entered into a seventh amendment (“Seventh Amendment”) to its Credit Agreement. 
The Seventh Amendment (i) refinanced the then-existing $200.0 million of borrowings available to the Company under 
the revolving credit facility and (ii) extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility to May 31, 2022, unless an 
earlier date was triggered under certain circumstances. The interest rate margins applicable to the revolving credit 
facility bore interest at a rate equal to ABR plus 2.00% or LIBOR plus 3.00%. Additionally, the Company entered into 
an Incremental Commitment Letter to its revolving credit facility that increased the available borrowings to $300.0 
million that became available upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions (which included redemption of 
the then existing 10.25% senior notes subsequently achieved as a result of the Eighth Amendment). The guarantees, 
collateral and 

F-25 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
    
      
     
 
        
   
  
 
  
      
     
  
  
      
     
  
      
     
  
  
      
     
  
      
     
  
  
  
     
 
covenants in the Seventh Amendment remained unchanged from those contained in the credit agreement prior to the 
Seventh Amendment. As a result of the refinancing the Company recorded a $1.0 million loss on early extinguishment 
of debt, primarily related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and third party costs.  

Redemption of 10.25% Senior Notes 

On March 20, 2017, the Company utilized cash on hand to redeem $95.1 million in aggregate principal amount 
outstanding of the 10.25% Senior Notes due 2019 (“Senior Notes”). In addition to the partial redemption, the Company 
paid accrued interest on the Senior Notes of $1.7 million and a call premium of $4.9 million. The Company recorded a 
loss on early extinguishment of debt of $5.0 million, primarily representing the cash call premium paid. 

On July 17, 2017, the Company used the proceeds of the new Term B loans under the Eighth Amendment, and 
borrowings under its revolving credit facility of $180.0 million, proceeds from the IPO and cash on hand to fully redeem 
all of the Company’s remaining outstanding Senior Notes and to pay certain fees and expenses. In connection with the 
redemption of the Senior Notes, the Company satisfied and discharged the indenture governing the Senior Notes. The 
Company paid $729.9 million in principal amount, incurred prepayment fees of $18.7 million and paid accrued interest 
of $37.6 million. The Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $19.8 million related to the write-off 
of unamortized debt issuance costs, premium, and prepayment fees. 

Long-Term Debt Extinguishment  

As noted above, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt and premium of $32.1 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2017. The loss on early extinguishment of debt primarily represents prepayment fees, 
expensing of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, and third party fees associated with the refinancing. The 
Company recorded no such losses during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.   

Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount and accretion of debt premium, all of which are included in 
interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 are as follows (in millions): 

Amortization of deferred issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Accretion of debt premium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Amortization of debt discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 2.4   $ 
 —  
 2.3  

 2.4   $ 
 —  
 2.3  

 4.0 
 (1.1)
 2.1 

2019 

December 31,  
2018 

2017 

Maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance lease obligations, as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:   

2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

  $ 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants. 

Long-term 
Debt 
(in millions) 

 22.8 
 22.8 
 77.8 
 2,151.9 
 2,275.3 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities 

The Company is exposed to certain risks during the normal course of its business arising from adverse changes in 
interest rates. The Company selectively uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”), including interest rate 
swaps, to manage interest rate risk. The Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments for speculative purposes. 
Fluctuations in interest rates can be volatile, and the Company’s risk management activities do not totally eliminate these 
risks. Consequently, these fluctuations could have a significant effect on the Company’s financial results.  

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk results primarily from its variable rate borrowings. On May 9, 2018, the 
Company entered into variable to fixed interest rate swap agreements for a notional amount of $1,361.2 million to hedge 
a portion of the outstanding principal balance of its variable rate term loan debt. 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company is the fixed rate payor on two interest rate swap contracts that effectively fix the 
LIBOR-based index used to determine the interest rates charged on the Company’s total long-term debt of $2,283.7 
million, not including unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts. These contracts fix approximately 60% of the 
Company’s term loan variable rate exposure at 2.7% and have an expiration date of May 2021. These swap agreements 
qualify as hedging instruments and have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted LIBOR-based interest 
payments. As all of the critical terms of each of the derivative instruments matched the underlying terms of the hedged 
debt and related forecasted interest payments, these hedges were considered highly effective. Based on LIBOR-based 
swap yield curves as of December 31, 2019, the Company expects to reclassify losses of $14.7 million out of 
accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”) into earnings within the next 12 months.  

The following table summarizes the notional amounts and fair values of the Company’s outstanding derivatives by risk 
category and instrument type within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

  Notional  
      Amount  

Fair Value 
Accrued 
Liabilities 
      and Other 

Fair Value 
Other 

  Non-Current 
      Liabilities 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments 
Interest rate swap contracts as of December 31, 2019 . . . . . .     $   1,337.2   $ 
Interest rate swap contracts as of December 31, 2018 . . . . . .     $   1,350.9   $ 

(in millions) 
 14.7 
 2.6 

  $ 
  $ 

 6.1 
 4.0 

Losses recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 total 
$6.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. 

Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges included in the consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are shown in the table below.  

Interest rate swap contracts(1) 
Loss recorded in AOCL on derivatives, before tax  . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Tax expense (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Loss reclassified from AOCL into income, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

(in millions) 

 13.8    $ 
 (4.8) 
 9.0   

 6.5 
 — 
 6.5 

Year ended  
December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(1)  Losses on derivatives reclassified from AOCI into income will be included in “Interest expense” in the consolidated 

statements of operations, the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item. 
(2)  The Company did not calculate tax expense associated with the derivative activity during the year ended 

December 31, 2018 due to the pre-tax net loss. 

For the periods presented, all cash flows associated with derivatives are classified as operating cash flows in the 
consolidated statements of cash flows. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Fair Value Measurements 

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and trade payables approximate their carrying values due to the 
short-term nature of these instruments. For assets and liabilities of a long-term nature, the Company determines fair 
value based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the 
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. 
Market or observable inputs are the preferred source of values, followed by unobservable inputs or assumptions based on 
hypothetical transactions in the absence of market inputs. The Company applies the following hierarchy in determining 
fair value: 

•  Level 1, defined as observable inputs being quoted prices in active markets for identical assets; 
•  Level 2, defined as observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, including quoted prices 
for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in 
markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value 
drivers are observable in active markets; and 

•  Level 3, defined as values determined using models that utilize significant unobservable inputs for which 

little or no market data exists, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques, or other 
determinations requiring significant management judgment or estimation.  

The Company’s derivative instrument is accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis and classified within Level 2 of 
the valuation hierarchy and was valued at $20.8 million and $6.6 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. The fair value of the derivative instrument is measured as the present value of all expected future cash 
flows based on the LIBOR-based swap yield curves as of December 31, 2019. The present value calculation uses 
discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its counterparties. 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is based on dealer quotes considering current market rates for 
the Company’s credit facility and is classified as Level 2. The ratio of the Company’s aggregate debt balance has trended 
from quoted market prices in active markets to quoted prices in non-active markets. The fair value of the Company’s 
long-term debt was valued at $2,220.3 million and $2,093.9 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
Long-term debt fair value does not include debt issuance costs and discounts. 

There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

The Company’s nonfinancial assets such as franchises, property, plant, and equipment, and other intangible assets are 
not measured at fair value on a recurring basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain 
circumstances, such as when there is evidence that an impairment may exist.  When such impairments are recorded, fair 
values are generally classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. 

F-28 

 
13. Equity 

Initial Public Offering 

On May 25, 2017, the Company completed an IPO of shares of its common stock, which are listed on the NYSE under 
the ticker symbol “WOW”. 

The Company sold 20,970,589 shares of its common stock at a price of $17 per share (including the exercise of the 
overallotment) for $356.5 million in gross proceeds.  The Company incurred costs directly associated with the IPO of 
$22.5 million, resulting in proceeds from the IPO (net of issuance costs) of $334.0 million. Outstanding shares and per-
share amounts disclosed as of December 31, 2018 and for all other comparative periods presented have been 
retroactively adjusted to reflect the effects of the May 25, 2017, 66,498.762 to 1 stock-split. 

Common Stock Repurchase Plan 

The following represents the Company’s purchase of WOW common stock during the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017. The shares are reflected as treasury stock in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. 

Share buybacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax withholding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Year ended  
December 31,  
2018 

2019 

 —   
 186,786   
 186,786   

 7,098,637  
 332,503  
 7,431,140  

2017 

 461,173 
 — 
 461,173 

On December 14, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $50.0 million of 
its outstanding common stock. The Company completed the buyback program on March 26, 2018, with total common 
stock shares repurchased of 5.1 million.  

On May 10, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $25.0 million of its 
outstanding common stock. The Company completed the buyback program on August 8, 2018, with total common stock 
shares repurchased of 2.5 million. 

The Company has the authority to re-issue shares repurchased under the buyback programs. 

14. Stock-based Compensation  

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

In connection with the Company’s IPO, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2017 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”) and cancelled its former management unit equity incentive plan (“2016 Profit Interest 
Plan”). The 2017 Plan provides for grants of stock options, restricted stock and performance awards. The Company’s 
directors, officers and other employees and persons who engage in services for the Company are eligible for grants under 
the 2017 Plan. The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to provide individuals with incentives to maximize stockholder value and 
otherwise contribute to the Company’s success and to enable the Company to attract, retain and reward the best available 
persons for positions of responsibility. The 2017 Plan, as amended in 2019, has authorized 12,074,128 shares of the 
Company’s common stock to be available for issuance, subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, stock split, 
merger or similar change in the Company’s corporate structure or the outstanding shares of common stock. The 
Company’s Compensation Committee administers the 2017 Plan. The Board of Directors also has the authority to 
administer the 2017 Plan and to take all actions that the Company’s Compensation Committee is otherwise authorized to 
take under the 2017 Plan. The terms and conditions of each award made under the 2017 Plan, including vesting 
requirements, are consistent with the 2017 Plan in a written agreement with the grantee.  

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Employee Grants 

Senior management that had participated in the 2016 Profit Interest Plan were granted (based on a conversion factor of 
management units to new common shares) new restricted stock to replace the units that were cancelled in the 2016 Profit 
Interest Plan. The conversion resulted in grants of 394,052 shares of restricted stock that vest ratably at 33% per year 
beginning on June 30, 2018 assuming the award recipient continues to be employed by the Company.  Senior 
management also received 450,356 shares of restricted stock in connection with long-term incentive compensation under 
the 2017 Plan.  These restricted stock grants vest ratably at 33% per year beginning on June 30, 2018 assuming the 
award recipient continues to be employed by the Company. 

Employees that had participated in the 2016 Director Appreciation Rights Plan were granted new restricted stock (based 
on a conversion factor of the then calculated value of such pool).  These employees were granted 78,050 shares of 
restricted stock under the 2017 Plan that vest ratably at 33% per year beginning on June 30, 2018 assuming the award 
recipient continues to be employed by the Company. 

Each year, the Company’s Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
(“CEO”), establishes an annual incentive bonus plan. In 2017, the 2017 Management Bonus Plan (“2017 MBP”) was 
initially established, which provided for incentive cash bonuses for the majority of the Company’s employees based 
upon the achievement of certain business and individual or department objectives, including most prominently adjusted 
consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization. Target bonus payouts were established based 
on a percentage of the participant’s base salary based on the title/position. In connection with the Company’s IPO, the 
Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Company’s CEO, replaced the 2017 MBP with an equity 
compensation plan, and granted restricted shares out of the 2017 Plan in lieu of any cash bonus payments. The 
Compensation Committee granted restricted shares equal to 100% to 150% achievement of the 2017 MBP. Such grants 
in aggregate totaled 866,708 shares, which vested 100% on June 30, 2018 assuming the participant was employed by the 
Company at that time. Furthermore, the members of the Company’s Board of Directors received 54,361 shares, in 
aggregate, of restricted stock that vested 100% on June 30, 2018. 

In connection with the hiring of the Company’s new CEO, the Company granted 171,233 shares of restricted stock that 
vest ratably over a four year period beginning December 14, 2018. 

The following table summarizes the restricted stock award activity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

Year ended December 31,  

2019 

2018 

Shares 

  Weighted Average      
     Grant Price 

  Weighted Average 

Shares  

Grant Price 

Outstanding, beginning of period  . . .       2,356,418   $ 
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       2,075,455  
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Outstanding, end of period(1) . . . . . .       3,140,168   $ 

 (825,764)     
 (465,941)     

 1,914,570   $ 
 2,116,546  

 9.23  
 8.41   
 9.84     (1,242,930)    
 (431,768)    
 9.01  
 2,356,418   $ 
 8.56   

 16.82 
 7.78 
 17.08 
 13.19 
 9.23 

(1)  The total outstanding non-vested shares of restricted stock awards granted to employees and directors are included 

in total outstanding shares as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

For restricted stock awards that contain only service conditions for vesting, the Company calculates the award fair value 
based on the closing stock price on the accounting grant date. 

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 the Company recorded $10.1 million, $13.0 million and $13.4 
million of non-cash compensation expense, respectively. The non-cash compensation expense is reflected in selling, 
general and administrative expense and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization), depending on the 
recipients’ duties, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Total unrecognized non-cash compensation 
expense as of December 31, 2019 was $20.3 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
2.7 years.  

2016 Profit Interest Plan 

On February 3, 2016, the former Parent adopted a Profit Interest Plan pursuant to which the Board of former Parent 
could grant 295,667 Management Incentive Units (“Incentive Units”), or approximately 8% of the total outstanding units 
of former Parent, excluding Incentive Units, to employees, managers, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries.  

Incentive Units granted under the 2016 Profit Interests Plan were intended to constitute a “profits interest” in the former 
Parent for tax purposes. Generally, these Incentive Units were subject to a combination of time, performance, and 
market-based vesting conditions. Upon vesting, the award recipient receives a Class D unit in the former Parent. Such 
Class D units represent a right to a fractional portion of the profits and distributions of former Parent in excess of a 
“floor amount” determined in accordance with the Operating Agreement. These D units were cancelled immediately 
prior to the Company’s IPO. As discussed above, vested Class D units were replaced with shares of restricted stock of 
the Company based on a specific conversion factor. 

Additionally, on July 18, 2016, the Company adopted a Director Appreciation Rights Plan (“2016 Director Plan”), in 
which 10% of the aggregate value of the 2016 Profit Interest Plan has been reserved for the 2016 Director Plan. The 
participants of the 2016 Director Plan were granted non-voting Bonus Units which vested ratably, 25% each anniversary 
date from grant date and fully vest four years from grant date. These units were replaced with shares of restricted stock 
of the Company based on a specific conversion factor.   

The following table summarizes the activity in the Management Units during the year ended December 31, 2017: 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Vested converted to D units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Cancelled unvested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     

Class D 
Units 

 201,696 
 (48,939)
 (152,757)
 — 

15. Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities 
and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities 
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. Additionally, the impact on 
deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is reflected in the financial statements in the period that includes 
the date of enactment. 

Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements  

In connection with the preparation of its consolidated financial statements, the Company identified an immaterial error 
related to the recognition of deferred tax assets related to state bonus depreciation modification in certain states in prior 
periods. Accordingly, the Company has revised previously reported deferred income taxes, net and income tax benefit 
for such immaterial error, including the information presented within this note. Refer to Note 21 for further discussion. 

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company recorded deferred income tax benefit (expense) 
as shown below. The tax provision in future periods will vary based on current and future temporary differences, as well 
as future operating results. 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2018 
(in millions) 

2017 

Current tax (expense) benefit 

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Deferred tax (expense) benefit 

 —   $ 
 2.8  
 2.8  

 8.8   $ 
 (1.0) 
 7.8  

 (5.7)
 (11.9)
 (17.6)

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax (expense) benefit, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 (8.1) 
 3.8  
 (4.3) 
 (1.5)  $ 

    179.6 
 44.8  
 (3.7)
 12.5  
 57.3  
    175.9 
 65.1   $   158.3 

The Company reported total income tax expense of $1.5 million, and total income tax benefit of $65.1 million, and 
$158.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  

The Company’s effective tax rate differs from that derived by applying the applicable federal income tax rate of 21% for 
the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and 35% for the year ended December 31, 2017, as follows: 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2018 
(in millions) 

2017 

Statutory federal income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
State income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Uncertain tax positions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Tax status & tax rate change  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other true-ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Equity compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other permanent differences  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Goodwill impairment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Corporate Tax Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Change in valuation allowance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax benefit, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 (8.0)  $ 
 (2.1) 
 3.7  
 0.9  
 0.8  
 (0.3) 
 (0.4) 
 —  
 —  
 3.9  
 (1.5)  $ 

 (9.5)
 32.0   $ 
 (1.6)
 11.9  
 (3.2)
 (0.1) 
 4.0 
 1.3  
 1.2 
 1.0  
 — 
 (1.9) 
 (0.5)
 (0.3) 
 (35.1)
 (11.2) 
 103.4 
 —  
 32.4  
 99.6 
 65.1   $   158.3 

The $3.9 million change in valuation allowance as of December 31, 2019, is related to increases in state indefinite lived 
deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards and state bonus depreciation modification. Income tax 
benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was recognized primarily as a result of the enactment of Tax Reform in 
December 2017. Among other things, the primary provisions of Tax Reform impacting the Company are the reductions 
to the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and temporary 100% bonus depreciation for certain assets. The 
change in tax law required the Company to re-measure existing net deferred tax liabilities using the lower rate in the 
period of enactment resulting in an income tax benefit of approximately $103.4 million to reflect these changes in the 
year ended December 31, 2017. The $99.6 million change in valuation allowance is comprised of a deferred tax benefit 
of $22.1 million as a result of re-measuring to the new corporate rate while the remaining deferred tax benefit is related 
to 2017 pretax book income activity. In total the re-measurement related to Corporate Tax Reform is $125.5 million, 
which was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2017.   

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax 
liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows. 

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 

Non-current deferred income tax (assets) liabilities: 

Allowances and other reserves  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Franchise operating rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Interest hedging  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
State income tax  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Valuation allowance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total net deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 (6.8)  $ 

 (203.7) 
 183.9  
 202.0  
 (4.8) 
 2.5  
 (0.9) 
 (6.4) 
 26.7  
 192.5   $ 

 (7.1)
    (172.8)
 140.5 
 204.7 
 — 
 3.2 
 (1.9)
 (4.1)
 30.4 
 192.9 

Valuation Allowance 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management 
takes into account various factors, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future 
taxable income, tax planning strategies, and results of recent operations. On the basis of this evaluation, a valuation 
allowance of $26.7 million and $30.4 million, as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, has been recorded to 
recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized. 

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $850.0 million of federal tax net operating loss 
carryforwards. Of the federal tax net operating loss carryforwards, $197.4 million are indefinite lived and $652.6 million 
expire between the years 2025 through 2036. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, the Company had state tax net 
operating loss carryforwards of $931.0 million, of which $158.4 million are indefinite lived and $772.6 million expire 
between 2020 and 2038.  

As a result of the IPO (effective May 25, 2017), the Company experienced an “ownership change” as defined in 
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code; resulting in limitations on the Company’s use of its existing federal and state 
net operating losses and capital losses. After December 31, 2019, $652.6 million of the Company’s federal tax loss 
carryforwards are subject to Section 382 and other restrictions. Pursuant to these restrictions, the Company estimates the 
entire balance of federal tax loss carryforwards should become unrestricted and available for use since the limitation 
amounts accumulate for future use to the extent they are not utilized in any given year. The Company believes its loss 
carryforwards should become fully available to offset future taxable income resulting in no significant impact on future 
operating cash flows. $646.0 million of the Company’s state loss carryforwards are subject to similar limitations on their 
future use. If the Company was to experience another “ownership change” in the future, its ability to use its loss 
carryforwards could be subject to further limitations. 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Uncertain Tax Positions 

These uncertain tax positions, if ever recognized in the financial statements, would be recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations as part of the income tax provision. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of 
unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and penalties, included in other non-current liabilities on the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company is as follows: 

2019 

Year ended December 31,  
2018 
(in millions) 

2017 

Unrecognized tax benefits—January 1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Gross increases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Gross increases—tax positions in current period . . . . . . . . . . .    
Settlements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Gross change related to Tax Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Unrecognized tax benefits—December 31st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 28.0   $ 
 —  
 (12.8) 
 —  
 (3.8) 
 —  
 11.4   $ 

 30.9   $ 
 —  
 (2.9) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 28.0   $ 

 31.5 
 3.8 
 (2.6)
 14.2 
 (1.2)
 (14.8)
 30.9 

As of December 31, 2019 the Company recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits of $11.4 million, all of which, if 
recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on 
uncertain income tax positions as part of the income tax provision. Interest and penalties included in other long-term 
liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company were $1.0 million, $1.9 million, and $1.4 
million for years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company does not expect any amount of 
the $11.4 million unrecognized tax benefits to reverse in the next 12 months. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. No tax years for the 
Company are currently under examination by the IRS or state and local tax authorities for income tax purposes. 
Generally the Company’s 2016 through 2019 tax years remain open for examination and assessment. The Company’s 
short period return dated April 1, 2016 remains subject to examination and assessment. Years prior to 2016 remain open 
solely for purposes of examination of the Company’s loss and credit carryforwards. The Company is not currently under 
examination, but does have open tax controversy matters with state taxing authorities.  Activity related to state and local 
controversy matters did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations during 
the year ended December 31, 2019, nor do we anticipate a material impact in the future.  

F-34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
16. Earnings (Loss) per Common Share 

Basic earnings or loss per share attributable to the Company’s common stockholders is computed by dividing net 
earnings or loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 
the period. Diluted earnings or loss per share attributable to common stockholders presents the dilutive effect, if any, on 
a per share basis of potential common shares (such as restricted stock units) as if they had been vested or converted 
during the periods presented.  No such items were included in the computation of diluted loss per share for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 because the Company incurred a net loss in the period and the effect of inclusion would have 
been anti-dilutive. All of the shares outstanding and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 
stock-split in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

2019 

Year ended  
December 31,  
2018 
(in millions, except share data) 
 (87.3)  $ 

 36.4   $ 

2017 

 185.3 

Basic weighted-average shares. . . . . . . . .   
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Restricted stock awards . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Diluted weighted-average shares . . . . . . .   

 80,713,926  

 81,808,425  

 78,778,640 

 475,236  
 81,189,162  

 —  
 81,808,425  

 137,306 
 78,915,946 

Basic net income (loss) per share . . . . . . .    $ 
Diluted net income (loss) per share . . . . .    $ 

 0.45   $ 
 0.45   $ 

 (1.07)  $ 
 (1.07)  $ 

 2.35 
 2.35 

17. Employee Benefits  

401(k) Savings Plan 

The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan which complies with Section 401(k) of the IRC. 
Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in the plan. The Company matches 100% of the participant’s 
voluntary contributions up to 3% and 50% of the next 2% subject to a limit of the first 4% of the participant’s 
compensation. Company matching contributions vest 25% annually over a four-year period. During the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded $3.9 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of 
expense related to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) plan. 

Deferred Compensation Plan 

In July 2007, the Company implemented a deferred compensation plan. Under this plan, certain members of 
management and other highly compensated employees may elect to defer a portion of their annual compensation, subject 
to certain percentage limitations. The assets and liabilities of the plan are included within the Company’s financial 
statements. The assets of the plan are specifically designated as available to the Company solely for the purpose of 
paying benefits under the Company’s deferred compensation plan. However, in the event the Company became 
insolvent, the investments would be available to all unsecured general creditors. The deferred compensation liability 
relates to obligations due to participants under the plan. 

F-35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
The assets from the participant deferrals are invested by the Company, through a life insurance investment vehicle, in 
mutual funds and money market funds. The deferred compensation liability represents accumulated net participant 
deferrals and earnings thereon based on participant investment elections. The assets and liabilities are recorded at fair 
value, and any adjustments to the fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The assets and 
liabilities of the plan are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows: 

Prepaid expenses and other (current assets)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Accrued liabilities and other (current liabilities)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

18. Commitments and Contingencies  

December 31,  

2019 

2018 

(in millions) 
 1.7   $ 
 1.7   $ 

 1.5 
 1.5 

The following items are not included as contractual obligations due to the various factors discussed below. However, the 
Company incurs these costs as part of its operations: 

•  The Company rents utility poles used in its operations. Generally, pole rentals are cancellable on short notice, but 
the Company anticipates that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole rental attachments was $9.1 million, 
$8.5 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

•  The Company pays franchise fees under multi-year franchise agreements based on a percentage of revenues 
generated from video service per year. Franchise fees and other franchise-related costs included in the 
accompanying statements of operations were $22.8 million, $24.3 million and $24.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.   

Programming Contracts 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into numerous contracts to purchase programming content for 
which the payment obligations are fully contingent on the number of subscribers to whom it provides the content. The 
terms of the contracts typically have annual rate increases and expire through 2024. The Company’s programming 
expenses will continue to increase, more so to the extent the Company grows its Video subscriber base. Programming 
expenses are included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

Legal and Other Contingencies  

In June and July of 2018, putative class action complaints were filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York and 
Colorado State Court against WOW and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors, as well as 
Crestview, Avista, and each of the underwriter banks involved with the Company’s IPO. The complaints allege 
violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the IPO.  The plaintiffs seek 
to represent a class of stockholders who purchased stock pursuant to or traceable to the IPO. The complaint seeks 
unspecified monetary damages and other relief. The Company believes the complaint and allegations to be without merit 
and intends to vigorously defend itself against these actions. The Colorado actions have been stayed while the New York 
cases have been consolidated with the court staying discovery until after a determination has been made with respect to 
the Company’s Motion to Dismiss. The Company is unable at this time to determine whether the outcome of the 
litigation would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

On March 7, 2018, Sprint Communications Company L.P (“Sprint”) filed complaints in the U.S. District Court for the 
District of Delaware alleging that the Company (and other industry participants) infringed patents purportedly relating to 
Sprint’s Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) services. The lawsuit is part of a pattern of litigation that was initiated as 
far back as 2007 by Sprint against numerous broadband and telecommunications providers. The Company has multiple 
legal and contractual defenses and will vigorously defend against the claims. The Company is unable at this time to 
determine whether the outcome of the litigation would have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows. 

F-36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is party to various legal proceedings (including individual, class and putative class actions) arising in the 
normal course of its business covering a wide range of matters and types of claims including, but not limited to, general 
contracts, billing disputes, rights of access, programming, taxes, fees and surcharges, consumer protection, trademark 
and patent infringement, employment, regulatory, tort, claims of competitors and disputes with other carriers. 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company accrues an expense for pending litigation when it determines that an 
unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal defense costs are 
expensed as incurred. None of the Company’s existing accruals for pending matters is material. The Company 
consistently monitors its pending litigation for the purpose of adjusting its accruals and revising its disclosures 
accordingly, in accordance with GAAP, when required. However, litigation is subject to uncertainty, and the outcome of 
any particular matter is not predictable. The Company will vigorously defend its interest for pending litigation, and the 
Company believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters, after considering insurance coverage or other 
indemnities to which it is entitled, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of 
operations, or cash flows. 

19. Related Party Transactions 

Prior to the Company’s IPO, the Company paid a quarterly management fee of $0.4 million plus travel and 
miscellaneous expenses, if any, to Avista and Crestview, majority owners of the Company’s former Parent. In addition, 
pursuant to a consulting agreement dated as of December 18, 2015 by and among the Company’s former Parent, Avista 
and Crestview, Crestview was entitled to 50% of any management fee actually received by Avista. The obligation to pay 
this fee terminated in connection with the IPO, and as such, no fees have been paid during the periods following the IPO. 
The management fee paid by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017 amounted to $1.0 million. 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company’s former Parent bought back vested Class A and Class B units 
from certain former employees of the Company. The former employees had the option to sell their units at a price set by 
the Company’s former Parent or decline such offer. The cash proceeds used to repurchase such units were contributed 
down to the Company and reflected as such. The Company repurchased 415,494 of Class A units and 243,270 of Class B 
units for $8.8 million. As a result of the Company’s IPO, the Class A and Class B shares were converted to common 
shares of the Company. 

20. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

The following tables summarize the Company’s selected quarterly financial information for the years ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018. Net income and basic and dilutive earnings (loss) per share have been revised for certain 
periods presented, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2019, for an immaterial error as explained in Note 21. 

Year ended December 31, 2019 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

      Quarter(1)       Quarter(2)      Quarter(1)      Quarter(3)(4)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Basic earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Dilutive earnings per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

(in millions, except per share data) 
 287.2    $   289.7    $   285.4    $ 
 46.7    $ 
 47.0    $ 
 11.4    $ 
 9.7    $ 
 0.14    $ 
 0.12    $ 
 0.14    $ 
 0.12    $ 

 46.2    $ 
 8.4    $ 
 0.10    $ 
 0.10    $ 

 283.5 
 36.5 
 6.9 
 0.08 
 0.08 

(1)  Includes an increase of $0.2 million to net income for the revision of income tax expense in prior period quarterly 

financial statements. The effect of the adjustment did not impact basic and dilutive earnings per share.  

(2)  Includes an increase of $0.3 million to net income for the revision of income tax expense in prior period quarterly 

financial statements. The effect of the adjustment did not impact basic and dilutive earnings per share. 

(3)   Includes non-cash impairment charges of $9.7 million. 
(4)  Includes out-of-quarter adjustments of a $1.5 million decrease of regulatory revenue due to a change in contract 

terms which occurred during the first quarter of 2019, and a $3.4 million increase in depreciation expense related to 
assets which were placed in service during the first three quarters of 2019. 

F-37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2018 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

     Quarter(5)(6)     Quarter(6)      Quarter(7)      Quarter(6) 

(in millions, except per share data) 

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Basic earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Dilutive earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 285.5    $ 
 (174.7)  $ 
 (161.2)  $ 
 (1.91)  $ 
 (1.91)  $ 

 291.3    $ 
 47.9    $ 
 25.4    $ 
 0.31    $ 
 0.31    $ 

 291.6    $   285.4 
 48.1 
 17.1 
 0.21 
 0.21 

 57.1    $ 
 31.4    $ 
 0.39    $ 
 0.38    $ 

(5)  Includes non-cash impairment charges of $216.3 million. 
(6)  Includes an increase of $0.8 million to net income (loss) for the revision of income tax benefit in prior period 

quarterly financial statements. The effect of the adjustment on basic and dilutive earnings (loss) per share is an 
increase of $0.01 per share. 

(7)  Includes an increase of $0.9 million to net income (loss) for the revision of income tax benefit in prior period 

quarterly financial statements. The effect of the adjustment on basic and dilutive earnings (loss) per share is an 
increase of $0.01 per share. 

21. Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company revised certain prior period financial statements for an immaterial error related to 
the recognition of deferred tax assets associated with state bonus depreciation modification in certain states. A summary 
of revisions to the Company’s previously reported financial statements presented herein for comparative purposes is 
included below.  

Revised Consolidated Balance Sheets 

As Reported 

December 31, 2018 
Adjustment 

(in millions) 

As Revised 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit 
Deferred income taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Total liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total stockholders’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 201.4 
  $ 
 2,709.9        
 (519.3) 
 (290.3)     
 2,419.6      $ 

 (8.5) 
 (8.5) 
 8.5  
 8.5  
 —  

$ 

$ 

 192.9 
 2,701.4 
 (510.8)
 (281.8)
 2,419.6 

Revised Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Year ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

     As Reported     Adjustment 

  As Revised      As Reported      Adjustment

  As Revised 

(in millions) 

Income tax benefit   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Basic earnings (loss) per share . . . . .    $ 
Dilutive earnings (loss) per share   . .    $ 

 61.8     $ 
 (90.6)   $ 
 (1.11)   $  
 (1.11)   $  

 3.3      $ 
 3.3 

 65.1     $ 
$   (87.3)  $ 
$   (1.07)  $ 
$   (1.07)  $ 

 157.2     $ 
 184.2   $ 
2.34  
2.34  

 1.1      $   158.3 
$   185.3 
 1.1 
 2.35 
$ 
 2.35 
$ 

F-38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
       
          
         
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Revised Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Year ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . .    $ 

  As Reported  Adjustment  As Revised   As Reported   Adjustment  As Revised 
(in millions) 
 3.3     $   (87.3)     $  184.2     $ 
 3.3   $   (93.8)   $   184.2   $ 

 1.1     $   185.3 
 1.1   $   185.3 

 (90.6)    $ 
 (97.1)  $ 

Revised Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit 

      As Reported 

Adjustment 
(in millions) 

As Revised 

Accumulated deficit at January 1, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 . . . . . . .   
Accumulated deficit at December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018  . . . . . . . . .   
Accumulated deficit at December 31, 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Total Stockholders' Deficit at January 1, 2017  . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Total Stockholders' Deficit at December 31, 2017  . . . . . .    $ 
Total Stockholders' Deficit at December 31, 2018 . . . . . .    $ 

 (622.0)   $ 
 184.2 
 (437.8)    
 (90.6)    
 (519.3)    
 (680.1)  $ 
 (141.8)  $ 
 (290.3)  $ 

  $ 

 4.1 
 1.1 
 5.2 
 3.3 
 8.5 
 4.1   $ 
 5.2   $ 
 8.5   $ 

 (617.9)
 185.3 
 (432.6)
 (87.3)
 (510.8)
 (676.0)
 (136.6)
 (281.8)

Revised Statement of Cash Flows 

Year ended December 31,  

2018 

2017 

  As Reported  Adjustment 

  As Revised   As Reported   Adjustment  As Revised 

(in millions) 

Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 
Deferred income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 (90.6)     $ 
 (54.0)   $ 

 3.3      $   (87.3)    $ 
 (3.3)

 184.2     $ 
$   (57.3)  $   (174.8)  $ 

 1.1     $   185.3 
 (1.1)   $  (175.9)

F-39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K (all of which are under Commission File No. 001-38101, 
except as otherwise noted): 

Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

3.1 

3.2 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WideOpenWest, Inc. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on 
May 15, 2017) 

  Amended and Restated Bylaws of WideOpenWest, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

4.1* 

  Description of Securities 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4† 

10.5† 

10.6† 

10.7† 

Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 19, 2016, by and between WideOpenWest 
Finance, LLC and Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-187850) filed on November 14, 2016) 

Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and between WideOpenWest 
Finance, LLC, WideOpenWest, Inc. as guarantor, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, N.A., as the revolver agent and the other parties thereto  (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2017) 

Eighth Amendment Credit Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2017, by and between WideOpenWest 
Finance, LLC, WideOpenWest, Inc. as parent guarantor, the lendors from time to time party thereto, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as the administrative agent and revolver agent and the other parties thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 
2017) 

  WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 

Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on November 13, 2017) 

  Amendment to the WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan  (incorporated by reference to 

Annex A to the Company’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 29, 2019) 

  WideOpenWest, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 7, 2019) 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2017, between WideOpenWest, Inc. and 
Teresa Elder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed 
on December 14, 2017) 

  Amended and Restated Letter Agreement of Employment, dated December 14, 2017, between 

10.8† 

WideOpenWest, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries) and Richard E. Fish (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2017) 

10.9† 

Letter Agreement of Employment, dated August 23, 2018, between WideOpenWest, Inc. (together with its 
subsidiaries) and Don Schena (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report 
on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2018) 

  Amended and Restated Letter Agreement of Employment, dated December 14, 2017, between 

10.10† 

WideOpenWest, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries) and Craig Martin (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2017) 

10.11† 

Letter Agreement of Employment, dated January 29, 2018, between WideOpenWest, Inc. (together with its 
subsidiaries) and Nancy McGee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s annual 
report on Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2018) 

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.12† 

10.13† 

10.14† 

10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17† 

10.18 

10.19 

Letter Agreement of Employment, dated September 13, 2019, between WideOpenWest, Inc. (together with 
its subsidiaries) and Bill Case (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report 
on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2019) 

Form of WideOpenWest, Inc. Directors & Officers Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on 
May 15, 2017) 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Pursuant to the WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File 
No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to the WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A 
(File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive 
Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A 
(File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the WideOpenWest, Inc. 2017 Omnibus 
Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

Form of WideOpenWest, Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

Form of WideOpenWest, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-216894) filed on May 15, 2017) 

21.1* 

List of Subsidiaries 

23.1* 

  Consent of BDO USA, LLP 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1* 

101 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 10A, as adopted pursuant to 

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 10A, as adopted pursuant to 

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

The following financial information from WideOpenWest, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2019, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2020, 
formatted in iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language) includes: (i) the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit; (v) 
the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

104 

  Cover page, formatted in iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101. 

*     Filed herewith. 
†     Management Contract or Compensatory Plan Arrangement 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

March 4, 2020 

March 4, 2020 

WIDEOPENWEST, INC. 

By: 

By: 

/s/ TERESA ELDER 
Teresa Elder 
Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ RICHARD E. FISH, JR. 
Richard E. Fish, Jr. 
Chief Financial Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant on March 4, 2020, in the capacities indicated below. 

Signature 

/s/ TERESA ELDER 
Teresa Elder 

Title 

Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ RICHARD E. FISH, JR. 
Richard E. Fish, Jr. 

Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer) 

/s/ JILL BRIGHT 
Jill Bright 

/s/ BRIAN CASSIDY 
Brian Cassidy 

/s/ DANIEL KILPATRICK 
Daniel Kilpatrick 

/s/ JEFFREY MARCUS 
Jeffrey Marcus 

/s/ TOM MCMILLIN 
Tom McMillin 

/s/ PHIL SESKIN 
Phil Seskin 

/s/ BARRY VOLPERT 
Barry Volpert 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

Director 

Director 

Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,200 Employees3,237,200Homes Passed823,400 Total CustomersFast Facts193,100 781,500 373,800 Phone RGUsInternet RGUsCable RGUsStats as of 12/31/2019Board of Directors Jeffrey MarcusChairman of the BoardJill BrightDirectorBrian Cassidy DirectorTom McMillinDirectorPhil SeskinDirectorBarry VolpertDirectorExecutive Management Team Teresa ElderChief Executive Officerand DirectorDavid BrunickChief HumanResources OfficerBill CaseChief Information OfficerRichard E. Fish, Jr.Chief Financial OfficerHenry HryckiewiczChief Technology OfficerCraig Martin General Counseland SecretaryCorporate Information Investor RelationsLucas BinderVice President, CorporateDevelopment and Investor RelationsP: 303-927-4951lucas.binder@wowinc.comExchange InformationNew York Stock ExchangeTicker Symbol: WOWTransfer AgentAmerican Stock Transfer& Trust Company LLC6201 15th AvenueBrooklyn, NY  11219Toll Free: 800-937-5449Local & International: 718-921-8124www.astfinancial.comCorporate Headquarters7887 E. Belleview Avenue, Suite 1000Englewood, CO 80111wowway.comNancy McGeeChief Marketingand Sales OfficerDon Schena Chief CustomerExperience OfficerTeresa ElderChief Executive Officerand Director Daniel KilpatrickDirector2019 Annual Reportwowway.com